[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r724 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/la [more]

Fri Nov 2 17:23:43 CET 2018

Author: jimhefferon
Date: 2018-11-02 18:23:43 +0200 (Fri, 02 Nov 2018)
New Revision: 724

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheght.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tugboat-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
   trunk/latex2e.dbk
   trunk/latex2e.dvi
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.texi
   trunk/latex2e.txt
   trunk/latex2e.xml
Log:
move fontenc, expand Fonts

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================

--- trunk/ChangeLog	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,3 +1,11 @@
+2018-11-02  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Move subsection to under Fonts.
+	Adjust wording, add kernel defaults.  Remove lmodern from the
+	sample example.
+	(Fonts) Expand introductory text, pointing to NFSS commands and to
+	online docs on available fonts.
+
 2018-10-27  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Added this subsection.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 </div>
 <hr>
 <a name="Font-sizes-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.2 Font sizes</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.3 Font sizes</h3>
 
 <a name="index-font-sizes"></a>
 <a name="index-typeface-sizes"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Fonts.html#Fonts" rel="up" title="Fonts">
 <link href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes" rel="next" title="Font sizes">
-<link href="Fonts.html#Fonts" rel="prev" title="Fonts">
+<link href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" rel="prev" title="fontenc package">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@
 <a name="Font-styles"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="Fonts.html#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">fontenc package</a>, Up: <a href="Fonts.html#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <a name="Font-styles-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.1 Font styles</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.2 Font styles</h3>
 
 <a name="index-font-styles"></a>
 <a name="index-type-styles"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html#Index" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="index.html#Top" rel="up" title="Top">
-<link href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles" rel="next" title="Font styles">
+<link href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" rel="next" title="fontenc package">
 <link href="Class-and-package-commands.html#Class-and-package-commands" rel="prev" title="Class and package commands">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -122,16 +122,52 @@
 <a name="index-typefaces"></a>
 <a name="index-fonts"></a>
 
-<p>Two important aspects of selecting a <em>font</em> are specifying a size
-and a style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
+<p>LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
+Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
+in your document (for instance, see <a href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles">Font styles</a>).  And,
+LaTeX documents can use most fonts that are available today,
+including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (although
+they may not have support for mathematics).
 </p>
+<p>The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for LaTeX documents and
+is still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<a href="http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>.)
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>In addition, the <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> engines allow
+you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
+format (see <a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+</p>
+<p>The LaTeX Font Catalogue <a href="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/">http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</a> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
+</p>
+<p>More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
+<a href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>.
+</p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles" accesskey="1">Font styles</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the font.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes" accesskey="2">Font sizes</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="3">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -1356,6 +1356,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cclosing.html#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cclosing.html#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code>cm-super</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html#index-colon-character">colon character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Color.html#index-color">color</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Color.html#Color">Color</a></td></tr>
@@ -1968,6 +1969,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Cross-references.html#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Cross-references.html#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cref.html#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cm-super</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="verbatim.html#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cread.html#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datatool</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cread.html#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
@@ -2352,8 +2354,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html#index-url-package"><code>url</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cverb.html#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="About-this-document.html#index-usrguide-official-documentation"><code>usrguide <span class="roman">official documentation</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="About-this-document.html#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-UTF_002d8-1">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-UTF_002d8-1">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Counters.html#index-variables_002c-a-list-of">variables, a list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="Counters.html#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fen.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 </div>
 <hr>
 <a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.3 Low-level font commands</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.4 Low-level font commands</h3>
 
 <a name="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>
 <a name="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html#Index" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Overview.html#Overview" rel="up" title="Overview">
-<link href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" rel="next" title="fontenc package">
+<link href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines" rel="next" title="TeX engines">
 <link href="Starting-and-ending.html#Starting-and-ending" rel="prev" title="Starting and ending">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -197,14 +197,9 @@
 <code>.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>).  A particular class may create others; the list is
 open-ended.
 </p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the output.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
 
 
 
-
 <hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
 </body>
 </html>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Overview.html#Overview" rel="up" title="Overview">
 <link href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#LaTeX-command-syntax" rel="next" title="LaTeX command syntax">
-<link href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package" rel="prev" title="fontenc package">
+<link href="Output-files.html#Output-files" rel="prev" title="Output files">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 <a name="index-engines_002c-TeX"></a>
 <a name="index-implementations-of-TeX"></a>
-<a name="index-UTF_002d8-1"></a>
+<a name="index-UTF_002d8"></a>
 <a name="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></a>
 <a name="index-TrueType-fonts"></a>
 <a name="index-OpenType-fonts"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,19 +39,19 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
 <link href="index.html#Top" rel="start" title="Top">
 <link href="Index.html#Index" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
-<link href="Output-files.html#Output-files" rel="up" title="Output files">
-<link href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines" rel="next" title="TeX engines">
-<link href="Output-files.html#Output-files" rel="prev" title="Output files">
+<link href="Fonts.html#Fonts" rel="up" title="Fonts">
+<link href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles" rel="next" title="Font styles">
+<link href="Fonts.html#Fonts" rel="prev" title="Fonts">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
@@ -113,14 +113,14 @@
 <a name="fontenc-package"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Up: <a href="Output-files.html#Output-files" accesskey="u" rel="up">Output files</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="Fonts.html#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <a name="fontenc-package-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</h4>
+<h3 class="section">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</h3>
 
 <a name="index-Font-encoding"></a>
-<a name="index-UTF_002d8"></a>
+<a name="index-UTF_002d8-1"></a>
 <a name="index-T1"></a>
 <a name="index-OT1"></a>
 <a name="index-fontenc"></a>
@@ -131,82 +131,91 @@
 <pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the mapping
-of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset your
-output. Only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine.
+<p>or
 </p>
-<p>TeX’s original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set. To make common accented characters you must use <code>\accent</code>
-(see <a href="_005caccent.html#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>), which disables hyphenation.  TeX users have agreed
-on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters
-provided by modern fonts.  If you are using <code>pdflatex</code> then this
-in the preamble
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your
+output. This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
+(see <a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
 </p>
+<p>TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="_005caccent.html#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>) but this disables hyphenation.  TeX
+users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using
+<code>pdflatex</code> then this in the preamble
+</p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-\usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-LaTeX to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and
-also allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line
-allows you to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the
-third line loads a font that looks like LaTeX’s default but contains
-the accented characters.)
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
 </p>
-<p>These are the common font encodings.
+<p>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already
+declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+<samp><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>.  It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code>
+to be the last encoding in the option list.
 </p>
+<p>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>.
+</p>
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt><code>OT1</code></dt>
 <dd><p>The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English characters.
 </p>
 </dd>
+<dt><code>OMS, OML</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+</p>
+</dd>
 <dt><code>T1</code></dt>
 <dd><p>TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
 Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
-accented characters.
+accented characters.  The most common option for this package.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt><code>T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For Cyrillic.
+<dt><code>TS1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Text Companion encoding.
 </p></dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>LaTeX’s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and
+then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>.
+</p>
 <p>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
-encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
+encoding if your font requires it.
 </p>
+<p>If you use <code>T1</code> encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
+fonts before loading <samp>fontenc</samp>, to prevent the system from loading
+any <code>T1</code> encoded fonts from the default.
+</p>
 <a name="index-package_002c-lmodern"></a>
 <a name="index-lmodern-package"></a>
+<a name="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></a>
+<a name="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></a>
 
 <p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the
-<samp>lmodern</samp> package, as shown above (you may need to download the
-package with your system’s installer).  It gives you a font that extends
-LaTeX’s default using vector methods.
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as <samp>lmodern</samp> or <samp>cm-super</samp> to get a font that
+extends LaTeX’s default using vector fonts.
 </p>
-<p>The <code>xelatex</code> and <code>lualatex</code> engines offer advantages
-over <code>pdflatex</code> (see <a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).  If you use either of
-these two then do not use <code>fontenc</code>.  If you use <code>xelatex</code>
-then something like this is suitable.
+<p>Do not use <code>fontenc</code> if you use the <code>xelatex</code> or
+<code>lualatex</code> engine (see <a href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).  Instead, use the
+<samp>fontspec</samp> package.
 </p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{fontspec}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></div>
 
-<p>If you use <code>lualatex</code> then something like this works.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{luatextra}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></div>
 
 
-
-
 <hr/><div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
 </body>
 </html>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheght.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheght.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheght.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheght (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)</h1>
         
 
 
@@ -214,10 +214,7 @@
   <li><a name="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="Overview.html#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="Starting-and-ending.html#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="Output-files.html#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a>
-    <ul class="no-bullet">
-      <li><a name="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">2.2.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</a></li>
-    </ul></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="Output-files.html#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="TeX-engines.html#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Environment-1" href="Environment.html#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li>
@@ -235,9 +232,10 @@
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Fonts-1" href="Fonts.html#Fonts">4 Fonts</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
-    <li><a name="toc-Font-styles-1" href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles">4.1 Font styles</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes">4.2 Font sizes</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.3 Low-level font commands</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="fontenc-package.html#fontenc-package">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Font-styles-1" href="Font-styles.html#Font-styles">4.2 Font styles</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="Font-sizes.html#Font-sizes">4.3 Font sizes</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.4 Low-level font commands</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Layout-1" href="Layout.html#Layout">5 Layout</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-baselinestretch.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tugboat-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tugboat-template.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tugboat-template.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tugboat template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-en.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length en (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 <!-- Public domain. -->
         
 
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title>
+<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)</title>
 <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
 <!-- xx See also http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e. -->
 
 <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
 <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+November 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 
 
@@ -354,84 +354,6 @@
 open-ended.
 </para>
 
-
-<sect2 label="2.2.1" id="fontenc-package">
-<title><filename>fontenc</filename> package</title>
-
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>T1</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>OT1</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fontenc</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>]{fontenc}
-</screen>
-<para>Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the mapping
-of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset your
-output. Only applies if you use the <literal>pdflatex</literal> engine.
-</para>
-<para>&tex;’s original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set. To make common accented characters you must use <literal>\accent</literal>
-(see <link linkend="_005caccent">\accent</link>), which disables hyphenation.  &tex; users have agreed
-on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters
-provided by modern fonts.  If you are using <command>pdflatex</command> then this
-in the preamble
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-\usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
-</screen>
-<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-&latex; to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and
-also allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line
-allows you to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the
-third line loads a font that looks like &latex;’s default but contains
-the accented characters.)
-</para>
-<para>These are the common font encodings.
-</para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>OT1</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;.  Limited to mostly English characters.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>T1</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>&tex; text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
-Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
-accented characters.
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>For Cyrillic.
-</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
-encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-</para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>lmodern</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>lmodern</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-
-<para>If you are using an encoding such as <literal>T1</literal> and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the
-<filename>lmodern</filename> package, as shown above (you may need to download the
-package with your system’s installer).  It gives you a font that extends
-&latex;’s default using vector methods.
-</para>
-<para>The <command>xelatex</command> and <command>lualatex</command> engines offer advantages
-over <command>pdflatex</command> (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).  If you use either of
-these two then do not use <literal>fontenc</literal>.  If you use <command>xelatex</command>
-then something like this is suitable.
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage{fontspec}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</screen>
-<para>If you use <command>lualatex</command> then something like this works.
-</para>
-<screen>\usepackage{luatextra}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</screen>
-
-</sect2>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="2.3" id="TeX-engines">
 <title>&tex; engines</title>
@@ -1350,12 +1272,131 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>typefaces</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>fonts</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>Two important aspects of selecting a <firstterm>font</firstterm> are specifying a size
-and a style.  The &latex; commands for doing this are described here.
+<para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
+Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
+in your document (for instance, see <link linkend="Font-styles">Font styles</link>).  And,
+&latex; documents can use most fonts that are available today,
+including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (although
+they may not have support for mathematics).
 </para>
+<para>The first typeface in the &tex; world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for &latex; documents and
+is still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<ulink url="http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</ulink>.)
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</screen>
+<para>In addition, the <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> engines allow
+you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
+format (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).
+</para>
+<para>The &latex; Font Catalogue <ulink url="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/">http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</ulink> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>More information is also available from the &tex; Users Group, at
+<ulink url="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</ulink>.
+</para>
 
 
-<sect1 label="4.1" id="Font-styles">
+<sect1 label="4.1" id="fontenc-package">
+<title><filename>fontenc</filename> package</title>
+
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>Font encoding</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>UTF-8</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>T1</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>OT1</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>fontenc</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>]{fontenc}
+</screen>
+<para>or
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[<replaceable>font_encoding1</replaceable>, <replaceable>font_encoding2</replaceable>, ...]{fontenc}
+</screen>
+<para>Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your
+output. This package only applies if you use the <literal>pdflatex</literal> engine
+(see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).
+</para>
+<para>&tex;’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+<literal>\accent</literal> (see <link linkend="_005caccent">\accent</link>) but this disables hyphenation.  &tex;
+users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using
+<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+</screen>
+<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then &latex; will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+</para>
+<para>For each <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable> given as an option but not already
+declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+<filename><replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>enc.def</filename>.  It also sets <literal>\encodingdefault</literal>
+to be the last encoding in the option list.
+</para>
+<para>These are the common values for <replaceable>font_encoding</replaceable>.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>OT1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;.  Limited to mostly English characters.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>OMS, OML</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>T1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>&tex; text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
+Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
+accented characters.  The most common option for this package.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>TS1</literal>
+</term><listitem><para>Text Companion encoding.
+</para></listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>&latex;’s default is to load <literal>OML</literal>, <literal>T1</literal>, <literal>OT1</literal>, and
+then <literal>OMS</literal>, and set the default to <literal>OT1</literal>.
+</para>
+<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
+encoding if your font requires it.
+</para>
+<para>If you use <literal>T1</literal> encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
+fonts before loading <filename>fontenc</filename>, to prevent the system from loading
+any <literal>T1</literal> encoded fonts from the default.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>lmodern</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>lmodern</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>cm-super</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>cm-super</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>If you are using an encoding such as <literal>T1</literal> and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as <filename>lmodern</filename> or <filename>cm-super</filename> to get a font that
+extends &latex;’s default using vector fonts.
+</para>
+<para>Do not use <literal>fontenc</literal> if you use the <command>xelatex</command> or
+<command>lualatex</command> engine (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>).  Instead, use the
+<filename>fontspec</filename> package.
+</para>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="4.2" id="Font-styles">
 <title>Font styles</title>
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font styles</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1558,7 +1599,7 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="4.2" id="Font-sizes">
+<sect1 label="4.3" id="Font-sizes">
 <title>Font sizes</title>
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>font sizes</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1620,7 +1661,7 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="4.3" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands">
+<sect1 label="4.4" id="Low_002dlevel-font-commands">
 <title>Low-level font commands</title>
 
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>low-level font commands</primary></indexterm>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
 <html>
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 <!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 6.5, http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)</h1>
         
 
 
@@ -166,10 +166,7 @@
   <li><a name="toc-Overview-of-LaTeX" href="#Overview">2 Overview of LaTeX</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
     <li><a name="toc-Starting-and-ending-1" href="#Starting-and-ending">2.1 Starting and ending</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a>
-    <ul class="no-bullet">
-      <li><a name="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="#fontenc-package">2.2.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</a></li>
-    </ul></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Output-files-1" href="#Output-files">2.2 Output files</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-TeX-engines-1" href="#TeX-engines">2.3 TeX engines</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-LaTeX-command-syntax-1" href="#LaTeX-command-syntax">2.4 LaTeX command syntax</a></li>
     <li><a name="toc-Environment-1" href="#Environment">2.5 Environment</a></li>
@@ -187,9 +184,10 @@
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Fonts-1" href="#Fonts">4 Fonts</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
-    <li><a name="toc-Font-styles-1" href="#Font-styles">4.1 Font styles</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="#Font-sizes">4.2 Font sizes</a></li>
-    <li><a name="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.3 Low-level font commands</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-fontenc-package-1" href="#fontenc-package">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Font-styles-1" href="#Font-styles">4.2 Font styles</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Font-sizes-1" href="#Font-sizes">4.3 Font sizes</a></li>
+    <li><a name="toc-Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1" href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands">4.4 Low-level font commands</a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a name="toc-Layout-1" href="#Layout">5 Layout</a>
   <ul class="no-bullet">
@@ -570,7 +568,7 @@
 <h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+November 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
 <tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#About-this-document" accesskey="1">About this document</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -905,108 +903,8 @@
 <code>.toc</code> file used to make a table of contents (see <a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a>).  A particular class may create others; the list is
 open-ended.
 </p>
-<table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the output.
-</td></tr>
-</table>
 
-
 <hr>
-<a name="fontenc-package"></a>
-<div class="header">
-<p>
-Up: <a href="#Output-files" accesskey="u" rel="up">Output files</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
-</div>
-<a name="fontenc-package-1"></a>
-<h4 class="subsection">2.2.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</h4>
-
-<a name="index-Font-encoding"></a>
-<a name="index-UTF_002d8"></a>
-<a name="index-T1"></a>
-<a name="index-OT1"></a>
-<a name="index-fontenc"></a>
-
-<p>Synopsis:
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the mapping
-of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset your
-output. Only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine.
-</p>
-<p>TeX’s original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set. To make common accented characters you must use <code>\accent</code>
-(see <a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>), which disables hyphenation.  TeX users have agreed
-on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters
-provided by modern fonts.  If you are using <code>pdflatex</code> then this
-in the preamble
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-\usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-LaTeX to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and
-also allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line
-allows you to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the
-third line loads a font that looks like LaTeX’s default but contains
-the accented characters.)
-</p>
-<p>These are the common font encodings.
-</p>
-<dl compact="compact">
-<dt><code>OT1</code></dt>
-<dd><p>The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English characters.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>T1</code></dt>
-<dd><p>TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
-Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
-accented characters.
-</p>
-</dd>
-<dt><code>T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2</code></dt>
-<dd><p>For Cyrillic.
-</p></dd>
-</dl>
-
-<p>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
-encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-</p>
-<a name="index-package_002c-lmodern"></a>
-<a name="index-lmodern-package"></a>
-
-<p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the
-<samp>lmodern</samp> package, as shown above (you may need to download the
-package with your system’s installer).  It gives you a font that extends
-LaTeX’s default using vector methods.
-</p>
-<p>The <code>xelatex</code> and <code>lualatex</code> engines offer advantages
-over <code>pdflatex</code> (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).  If you use either of
-these two then do not use <code>fontenc</code>.  If you use <code>xelatex</code>
-then something like this is suitable.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{fontspec}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></div>
-
-<p>If you use <code>lualatex</code> then something like this works.
-</p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example">\usepackage{luatextra}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></div>
-
-
-<hr>
 <a name="TeX-engines"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
@@ -1017,7 +915,7 @@
 
 <a name="index-engines_002c-TeX"></a>
 <a name="index-implementations-of-TeX"></a>
-<a name="index-UTF_002d8-1"></a>
+<a name="index-UTF_002d8"></a>
 <a name="index-Unicode-input_002c-native"></a>
 <a name="index-TrueType-fonts"></a>
 <a name="index-OpenType-fonts"></a>
@@ -2065,27 +1963,167 @@
 <a name="index-typefaces"></a>
 <a name="index-fonts"></a>
 
-<p>Two important aspects of selecting a <em>font</em> are specifying a size
-and a style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
+<p>LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
+Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
+in your document (for instance, see <a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a>).  And,
+LaTeX documents can use most fonts that are available today,
+including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (although
+they may not have support for mathematics).
 </p>
+<p>The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for LaTeX documents and
+is still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<a href="http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf">http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</a>.)
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>In addition, the <code>xelatex</code> or <code>lualatex</code> engines allow
+you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
+format (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+</p>
+<p>The LaTeX Font Catalogue <a href="http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/">http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</a> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
+</p>
+<p>More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
+<a href="https://www.tug.org/fonts/">https://www.tug.org/fonts/</a>.
+</p>
 <table class="menu" border="0" cellspacing="0">
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="1">Font styles</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="1">fontenc package</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Encoding of the font.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="2">Font sizes</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="2">Font styles</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select roman, italics, etc.
 </td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="3">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape.
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="3">Font sizes</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select point size.
 </td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left" valign="top">• <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="4">Low-level font commands</a>:</td><td>  </td><td align="left" valign="top">Select encoding, family, series, shape.
+</td></tr>
 </table>
 
 
 <hr>
+<a name="fontenc-package"></a>
+<div class="header">
+<p>
+Next: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+</div>
+<a name="fontenc-package-1"></a>
+<h3 class="section">4.1 <samp>fontenc</samp> package</h3>
+
+<a name="index-Font-encoding"></a>
+<a name="index-UTF_002d8-1"></a>
+<a name="index-T1"></a>
+<a name="index-OT1"></a>
+<a name="index-fontenc"></a>
+
+<p>Synopsis:
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>or
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your
+output. This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
+(see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).
+</p>
+<p>TeX’s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+<code>\accent</code> (see <a href="#g_t_005caccent">\accent</a>) but this disables hyphenation.  TeX
+users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using
+<code>pdflatex</code> then this in the preamble
+</p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+</pre></div>
+
+<p>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+</p>
+<p>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already
+declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+<samp><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</samp>.  It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code>
+to be the last encoding in the option list.
+</p>
+<p>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt><code>OT1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English characters.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code>OMS, OML</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code>T1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
+Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
+accented characters.  The most common option for this package.
+</p>
+</dd>
+<dt><code>TS1</code></dt>
+<dd><p>Text Companion encoding.
+</p></dd>
+</dl>
+
+<p>LaTeX’s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and
+then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>.
+</p>
+<p>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
+encoding if your font requires it.
+</p>
+<p>If you use <code>T1</code> encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
+fonts before loading <samp>fontenc</samp>, to prevent the system from loading
+any <code>T1</code> encoded fonts from the default.
+</p>
+<a name="index-package_002c-lmodern"></a>
+<a name="index-lmodern-package"></a>
+<a name="index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"></a>
+<a name="index-cm_002dsuper-package"></a>
+
+<p>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as <samp>lmodern</samp> or <samp>cm-super</samp> to get a font that
+extends LaTeX’s default using vector fonts.
+</p>
+<p>Do not use <code>fontenc</code> if you use the <code>xelatex</code> or
+<code>lualatex</code> engine (see <a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a>).  Instead, use the
+<samp>fontspec</samp> package.
+</p>
+
+<hr>
 <a name="Font-styles"></a>
 <div class="header">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="n" rel="next">Font sizes</a>, Previous: <a href="#fontenc-package" accesskey="p" rel="prev">fontenc package</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="Font-styles-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.1 Font styles</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.2 Font styles</h3>
 
 <a name="index-font-styles"></a>
 <a name="index-type-styles"></a>
@@ -2340,7 +2378,7 @@
 Next: <a href="#Low_002dlevel-font-commands" accesskey="n" rel="next">Low-level font commands</a>, Previous: <a href="#Font-styles" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font styles</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="Font-sizes-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.2 Font sizes</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.3 Font sizes</h3>
 
 <a name="index-font-sizes"></a>
 <a name="index-typeface-sizes"></a>
@@ -2400,7 +2438,7 @@
 Previous: <a href="#Font-sizes" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Font sizes</a>, Up: <a href="#Fonts" accesskey="u" rel="up">Fonts</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <a name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands-1"></a>
-<h3 class="section">4.3 Low-level font commands</h3>
+<h3 class="section">4.4 Low-level font commands</h3>
 
 <a name="index-low_002dlevel-font-commands"></a>
 <a name="index-font-commands_002c-low_002dlevel"></a>
@@ -24467,6 +24505,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-letters">closing letters</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cclosing">\closing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-closing-quote">closing quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm"><code>cm</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-cm_002dsuper-package"><code>cm-super</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-code_002c-typesetting">code, typesetting</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-colon-character">colon character</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon">Colon character & \colon</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-color">color</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Color">Color</a></td></tr>
@@ -25079,6 +25118,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Cross-references">Cross references</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cref">\ref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cleveref-2"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cleveref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cfootnotemark">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cm_002dsuper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cm-super</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#verbatim">verbatim</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-cprotect-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>cprotect</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-datatool"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>datatool</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cread">\read</a></td></tr>
@@ -25463,8 +25503,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-url-package"><code>url</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cverb">\verb</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-using-BibTeX">using BibTeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-usrguide-official-documentation"><code>usrguide <span class="roman">official documentation</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#About-this-document">About this document</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8-1">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-UTF_002d8-1">UTF-8</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#fontenc-package">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th><a name="Index_cp_letter-V">V</a></th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-variables_002c-a-list-of">variables, a list of</a>:</td><td> </td><td valign="top"><a href="#Counters">Counters</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of October 2018.
+preparation system, version of November 2018.
 
    This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of November
 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
@@ -256,79 +256,7 @@
 used to make a table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::).  A
 particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.
 
-* Menu:
-
-* fontenc package::     Encoding of the output.
-
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: fontenc package,  Up: Output files
-
-2.2.1 'fontenc' package
------------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
-
-   Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the
-mapping of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to
-typeset your output.  Only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine.
-
-   TeX's original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set.  To make common accented characters you must use '\accent' (*note
-\accent::), which disables hyphenation.  TeX users have agreed on a
-number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by
-modern fonts.  If you are using 'pdflatex' then this in the preamble
-
-     \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-     \usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
-
-gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-LaTeX to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and also
-allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line allows you
-to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the third line
-loads a font that looks like LaTeX's default but contains the accented
-characters.)
-
-   These are the common font encodings.
-
-'OT1'
-     The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English
-     characters.
-
-'T1'
-     TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
-     Users Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most
-     European accented characters.
-
-'T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2'
-     For Cyrillic.
-
-   Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
-font encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-
-   If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the 'lmodern'
-package, as shown above (you may need to download the package with your
-system's installer).  It gives you a font that extends LaTeX's default
-using vector methods.
-
-   The 'xelatex' and 'lualatex' engines offer advantages over 'pdflatex'
-(*note TeX engines::).  If you use either of these two then do not use
-'fontenc'.  If you use 'xelatex' then something like this is suitable.
-
-     \usepackage{fontspec}
-     \defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-
-   If you use 'lualatex' then something like this works.
-
-     \usepackage{luatextra}
-     \defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-
-
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: TeX engines,  Next: LaTeX command syntax,  Prev: Output files,  Up: Overview
 
 2.3 TeX engines
@@ -1089,19 +1017,130 @@
 4 Fonts
 *******
 
-Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a
-style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
+LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New Font
+Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families in
+your document (for instance, see *note Font styles::).  And, LaTeX
+documents can use most fonts that are available today, including
+versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc.  (although they may
+not have support for mathematics).
 
+   The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for LaTeX documents and is
+still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>.)
+
+     \usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+     \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+     \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+     \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+     \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+     \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+
+In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any
+fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX
+engines::).
+
+   The LaTeX Font Catalogue <http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
+
+   More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
+<https://www.tug.org/fonts/>.
+
 * Menu:
 
+* fontenc package::             Encoding of the font.
 * Font styles::                 Select roman, italics, etc.
 * Font sizes::                  Select point size.
 * Low-level font commands::     Select encoding, family, series, shape.
 
 
-File: latex2e.info,  Node: Font styles,  Next: Font sizes,  Up: Fonts
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: fontenc package,  Next: Font styles,  Up: Fonts
 
-4.1 Font styles
+4.1 'fontenc' package
+=====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
+
+   or
+
+     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc}
+
+   Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
+This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX
+engines::).
+
+   TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set.  For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation.  TeX users
+have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using 'pdflatex' then
+this in the preamble
+
+     \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+
+gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+
+   For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared,
+this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'.  It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last
+encoding in the option list.
+
+   These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING.
+
+'OT1'
+     The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English
+     characters.
+
+'OMS, OML'
+     Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+
+'T1'
+     TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
+     Users Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most
+     European accented characters.  The most common option for this
+     package.
+
+'TS1'
+     Text Companion encoding.
+
+LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set
+the default to 'OT1'.
+
+   Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
+font encoding if your font requires it.
+
+   If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
+family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts
+before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any
+'T1' encoded fonts from the default.
+
+   If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends
+LaTeX's default using vector fonts.
+
+   Do not use 'fontenc' if you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine
+(*note TeX engines::).  Instead, use the 'fontspec' package.
+
+
+File: latex2e.info,  Node: Font styles,  Next: Font sizes,  Prev: fontenc package,  Up: Fonts
+
+4.2 Font styles
 ===============
 
 The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
@@ -1244,7 +1283,7 @@
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Font sizes,  Next: Low-level font commands,  Prev: Font styles,  Up: Fonts
 
-4.2 Font sizes
+4.3 Font sizes
 ==============
 
 The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.  The
@@ -1282,7 +1321,7 @@
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Low-level font commands,  Prev: Font sizes,  Up: Fonts
 
-4.3 Low-level font commands
+4.4 Low-level font commands
 ===========================
 
 These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
@@ -17139,6 +17178,7 @@
 * closing letters:                       \closing.            (line   6)
 * closing quote:                         Text symbols.        (line  56)
 * cm:                                    Units of length.     (line  24)
+* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.     (line  69)
 * code, typesetting:                     verbatim.            (line   6)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
                                                               (line   6)
@@ -17640,7 +17680,7 @@
 * lists of items:                        itemize.             (line   6)
 * lists of items, generic:               list.                (line   6)
 * lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.           (line   6)
-* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.     (line  49)
+* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.     (line  69)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages. (line   6)
 * log file:                              Output files.        (line  28)
 * logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.        (line  22)
@@ -17838,6 +17878,7 @@
 * package, cleveref:                     Cross references.    (line  38)
 * package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.                (line  29)
 * package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.       (line  48)
+* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.     (line  69)
 * package, cprotect:                     verbatim.            (line  26)
 * package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.               (line  45)
 * package, datatool:                     \read.               (line  30)
@@ -17873,7 +17914,7 @@
 * package, listings:                     tabbing.             (line 146)
 * package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.            (line  31)
 * package, listings <2>:                 \verb.               (line  42)
-* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.     (line  49)
+* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.     (line  69)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                               (line  43)
 * package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.       (line  86)
@@ -18288,8 +18329,8 @@
 * url package:                           \verb.               (line  38)
 * using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.        (line   6)
 * usrguide official documentation:       About this document. (line  44)
-* UTF-8:                                 fontenc package.     (line   6)
-* UTF-8 <1>:                             TeX engines.         (line   6)
+* UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.         (line   6)
+* UTF-8 <1>:                             fontenc package.     (line   6)
 * variables, a list of:                  Counters.            (line   6)
 * vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.        (line  41)
 * verbatim environment:                  verbatim.            (line   6)
@@ -18329,514 +18370,514 @@
 
 
 Tag Table:
-Node: Top1837
-Node: About this document3657
-Node: Overview5905
-Node: Starting and ending7528
-Ref: Starting & ending7663
-Node: Output files8840
-Ref: output files dvi9119
-Ref: output files pdf9630
-Ref: output files log9953
-Ref: output files aux10150
-Node: fontenc package11177
-Node: TeX engines13765
-Ref: tex engines latex14114
-Ref: tex engines lualatex14946
-Ref: tex engines xelatex15431
-Node: LaTeX command syntax16235
-Node: Environment18161
-Node: CTAN19367
-Node: Document classes20768
-Ref: document classes article21208
-Ref: document classes book21296
-Ref: document classes letter21481
-Ref: document classes report21557
-Ref: document classes slides21709
-Node: Document class options22091
-Node: Additional packages25173
-Node: Class and package construction25804
-Node: Class and package structure27254
-Node: Class and package commands29548
-Node: Fonts47162
-Ref: Typefaces47265
-Node: Font styles47593
-Node: Font sizes51858
-Node: Low-level font commands53477
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding53761
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily54317
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries55082
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape56234
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize56531
-Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch57056
-Ref: low level font commands linespread57765
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont58015
-Ref: low level font commands usefont58341
-Node: Layout58584
-Node: \onecolumn59082
-Node: \twocolumn59441
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep60064
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule60313
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth60609
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction61175
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction62118
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep62365
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep62670
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber62853
-Node: \flushbottom63818
-Node: \raggedbottom64918
-Node: Page layout parameters65454
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep65657
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule65657
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth65657
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight65911
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep66078
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip66391
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth66725
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush67078
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep67078
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth67078
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin68118
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin68118
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight68655
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth68881
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight69105
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth69494
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize70423
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin70629
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip70933
-Node: Floats71149
-Ref: floats bottomfraction75517
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction75644
-Ref: floats textfraction75755
-Ref: floats topfraction75957
-Ref: floats floatsep76209
-Ref: floats intextsep76319
-Ref: floats textfloatsep76534
-Ref: floats bottomnumber76798
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber76906
-Ref: floats topnumber77025
-Ref: floats totalnumber77129
-Node: Sectioning77658
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth80735
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth80735
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth81336
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth81336
-Node: \part82381
-Node: \chapter84557
-Node: \section88331
-Node: \subsection91598
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph94312
-Node: \appendix96969
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter98259
-Node: \@startsection99600
-Ref: startsection name100977
-Ref: \@startsection/name100977
-Ref: startsection level101431
-Ref: \@startsection/level101431
-Ref: startsection indent102311
-Ref: \@startsection/indent102311
-Ref: startsection beforeskip102574
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip102574
-Ref: startsection afterskip104095
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip104095
-Ref: startsection style105406
-Ref: \@startsection/style105406
-Node: Cross references109112
-Node: \label111205
-Node: \pageref113025
-Node: \ref113815
-Node: Environments114791
-Node: abstract116793
-Node: array118382
-Node: center121274
-Node: \centering123026
-Node: description124523
-Node: displaymath126738
-Node: document128525
-Node: \AtBeginDocument128955
-Node: \AtEndDocument129579
-Node: enumerate130223
-Ref: enumerate enumi132086
-Ref: enumerate enumii132086
-Ref: enumerate enumiii132086
-Ref: enumerate enumiv132086
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi132484
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii132484
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii132484
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv132484
-Node: eqnarray133023
-Node: equation135018
-Node: figure135686
-Node: filecontents137840
-Node: flushleft139587
-Node: \raggedright140604
-Node: flushright141802
-Node: \raggedleft142538
-Node: itemize143328
-Ref: itemize labelitemi144550
-Ref: itemize labelitemii144550
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii144550
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv144550
-Ref: itemize leftmargin145392
-Ref: itemize leftmargini145392
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii145392
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii145392
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv145392
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv145392
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi145392
-Node: letter146796
-Node: list147034
-Ref: list makelabel149479
-Ref: list itemindent150863
-Ref: list itemsep151000
-Ref: list labelsep151652
-Ref: list labelwidth151815
-Ref: list leftmargin152826
-Ref: list listparindent153679
-Ref: list parsep153910
-Ref: list partopsep154413
-Ref: list rightmargin155211
-Ref: list topsep155396
-Ref: list beginparpenalty158971
-Ref: list itempenalty159070
-Ref: list endparpenalty159174
-Node: \item160046
-Node: trivlist161294
-Node: math162822
-Node: minipage163128
-Node: picture168405
-Node: \put174874
-Node: \multiput175439
-Node: \qbezier176178
-Node: \graphpaper177103
-Node: \line177897
-Node: \linethickness179861
-Node: \thinlines180310
-Node: \thicklines180721
-Node: \circle181105
-Node: \oval181645
-Node: \shortstack182621
-Node: \vector184018
-Node: \makebox (picture)184934
-Node: \framebox (picture)186116
-Node: \frame187589
-Node: \dashbox188029
-Node: quotation & quote189164
-Node: tabbing190060
-Node: table196053
-Node: tabular198146
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth204475
-Ref: tabular arraystrech204715
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep204936
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep205072
-Node: \multicolumn205593
-Node: \vline209469
-Node: \cline210860
-Node: \hline211570
-Node: thebibliography212252
-Node: \bibitem214662
-Node: \cite216937
-Node: \nocite218692
-Node: Using BibTeX219176
-Node: theorem221331
-Node: titlepage222253
-Node: verbatim223536
-Node: \verb225046
-Node: verse226866
-Node: Line breaking228093
-Node: \\229459
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr231892
-Node: \newline232686
-Node: \- (hyphenation)233715
-Node: \discretionary235353
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy236241
-Node: sloppypar237024
-Node: \hyphenation238170
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak238764
-Node: Page breaking239911
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage241940
-Node: \newpage243460
-Node: \enlargethispage244758
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak245714
-Node: Footnotes247380
-Node: \footnote248526
-Ref: footnote footnoterule249794
-Ref: footnote footnotesep250405
-Node: \footnotemark251471
-Node: \footnotetext253810
-Node: Footnotes in section headings254411
-Node: Footnotes in a table255244
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes258166
-Node: Definitions258870
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand259846
-Node: \providecommand265076
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother266239
-Node: \@ifstar268387
-Node: \newcounter271206
-Node: \newlength272926
-Node: \newsavebox273748
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment274727
-Node: \newtheorem280051
-Node: \newfont283623
-Node: \protect284856
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend287244
-Node: Counters289982
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol291683
-Node: \usecounter294337
-Node: \value295196
-Node: \setcounter296249
-Node: \addtocounter296845
-Node: \refstepcounter297299
-Node: \stepcounter297968
-Node: \day & \month & \year298514
-Node: Lengths299325
-Node: Units of length303794
-Ref: units of length pt303997
-Ref: units of length pc304120
-Ref: units of length in304143
-Ref: units of length bp304169
-Ref: units of length cm304300
-Ref: units of length mm304322
-Ref: units of length dd304344
-Ref: units of length cc304376
-Ref: units of length sp304401
-Ref: Lengths/em304432
-Ref: Lengths/en304432
-Ref: Lengths/ex304432
-Ref: units of length em304432
-Ref: units of length en304432
-Ref: units of length ex304432
-Node: \setlength305288
-Node: \addtolength306373
-Node: \settodepth307448
-Node: \settoheight308326
-Node: \settowidth309219
-Node: Making paragraphs310087
-Node: \par311858
-Node: \indent & \noindent313805
-Node: \parindent & \parskip315339
-Node: Marginal notes316624
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush318020
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep318133
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth318265
-Node: Math formulas318614
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts322782
-Node: Math symbols324940
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath351216
-Node: Blackboard bold352720
-Node: Calligraphic353524
-Node: Dots354077
-Ref: ellipses cdots354510
-Ref: ellipses ddots354657
-Ref: ellipses ldots354746
-Ref: ellipses vdots355167
-Node: Greek letters356353
-Node: Math functions358070
-Node: Math accents359714
-Node: Over- and Underlining360613
-Node: Spacing in math mode362440
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace363372
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace363464
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace363560
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace363560
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace364041
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad364239
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad364495
-Node: \smash364773
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom366990
-Node: Math miscellany369027
-Node: Colon character & \colon369586
-Node: \*370279
-Node: \frac370863
-Node: \left & \right371243
-Node: \sqrt372417
-Node: \stackrel373012
-Node: Modes373285
-Ref: modes paragraph mode373735
-Ref: modes lr mode373931
-Ref: modes math mode374537
-Ref: modes vertical mode374872
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode375043
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode375516
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode375516
-Node: \ensuremath375930
-Node: Page styles376635
-Node: \maketitle377398
-Node: \pagenumbering380415
-Node: \pagestyle382403
-Node: \thispagestyle385905
-Node: Spaces386859
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad388300
-Node: \hspace389214
-Node: \hfill391052
-Node: \hss392116
-Node: \spacefactor392810
-Node: \@396197
-Ref: \AT396297
-Node: \frenchspacing398237
-Node: \normalsfcodes399072
-Node: \(SPACE)399319
-Node: ~401109
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace403579
-Node: \/404522
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill405828
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip407184
-Ref: bigskip408002
-Ref: medskip408206
-Ref: smallskip408415
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak409076
-Node: \strut410062
-Node: \vspace413257
-Node: \vfill414820
-Node: \addvspace415748
-Node: Boxes417746
-Node: \mbox & \makebox418452
-Ref: mbox makebox depth419664
-Ref: mbox makebox height419664
-Ref: mbox makebox width419664
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight419664
-Node: \fbox & \framebox421758
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule423071
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep423261
-Node: \parbox424350
-Node: \raisebox426654
-Ref: raisebox depth427617
-Ref: raisebox height427617
-Ref: raisebox width427617
-Ref: raisebox totalheight427617
-Node: \sbox & \savebox428331
-Node: lrbox431297
-Node: \usebox432119
-Node: Color432525
-Node: Color package options433324
-Node: Color models434970
-Ref: color models cmyk435767
-Ref: color models gray436130
-Ref: color models rgb436279
-Ref: color models RGB436616
-Ref: color models named436991
-Node: Commands for color437279
-Node: Define colors437694
-Node: Colored text438419
-Node: Colored boxes440817
-Node: Colored pages442206
-Node: Graphics442899
-Node: Graphics package options445026
-Node: Graphics package configuration447779
-Node: \graphicspath448581
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions451472
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule453240
-Node: Commands for graphics456422
-Node: \includegraphics456927
-Ref: includegraphics width461977
-Ref: includegraphics height462508
-Ref: includegraphics totalheght462914
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio463178
-Ref: includegraphics viewport464864
-Ref: includegraphics trim465234
-Ref: includegraphics clip465690
-Ref: includegraphics page465950
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox466041
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate466906
-Ref: includegraphics quiet467111
-Ref: includegraphics draft467272
-Ref: includegraphics bb468077
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx468475
-Ref: includegraphics bblly468475
-Ref: includegraphics bburx468475
-Ref: includegraphics bbury468475
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth468617
-Ref: includegraphics natheight468617
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb468803
-Ref: includegraphics type469565
-Ref: includegraphics ext469605
-Ref: includegraphics read469708
-Ref: includegraphics command469825
-Node: \rotatebox470070
-Node: \scalebox472924
-Node: \resizebox473980
-Node: Special insertions475172
-Node: Reserved characters475974
-Node: Upper and lower case477176
-Node: Symbols by font position479091
-Node: Text symbols479711
-Node: Accents483712
-Node: \accent485805
-Node: Additional Latin letters487573
-Ref: Non-English characters487744
-Node: \rule488761
-Node: \today489933
-Node: Splitting the input490869
-Node: \endinput492610
-Node: \include & \includeonly493877
-Node: \input498099
-Node: Front/back matter499314
-Node: Table of contents etc.499647
-Node: \addcontentsline503383
-Node: \addtocontents506225
-Node: \nofiles507816
-Node: Indexes508548
-Node: \index510176
-Node: makeindex515285
-Ref: makeindex preamble516953
-Ref: makeindex postamble517093
-Ref: makeindex group skip517178
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag517498
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix517959
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix518111
-Ref: makeindex item 0518259
-Ref: makeindex item 1518339
-Ref: makeindex item 2518414
-Ref: makeindex item 01518492
-Ref: makeindex item x1518597
-Ref: makeindex item 12518802
-Ref: makeindex item x2518910
-Ref: makeindex delim 0519070
-Ref: makeindex delim 1519200
-Ref: makeindex delim 2519330
-Ref: makeindex delim n519456
-Ref: makeindex delim r519591
-Ref: makeindex line max519699
-Ref: makeindex indent space519834
-Ref: makeindex indent length519929
-Ref: makeindex page precedence520114
-Node: \printindex520988
-Node: Glossaries521460
-Node: \newglossaryentry523427
-Node: \gls524896
-Node: Letters525690
-Node: \address529308
-Node: \cc530119
-Node: \closing530561
-Node: \encl530875
-Node: \location531289
-Node: \makelabels531553
-Node: \name533870
-Node: \opening534111
-Node: \ps534392
-Node: \signature534681
-Node: \telephone535909
-Node: Input/output536274
-Node: \openin & \openout536994
-Node: \read539730
-Node: \typein540808
-Node: \typeout542062
-Node: \write543112
-Node: \message548194
-Node: \wlog549957
-Node: \write18550460
-Node: Command line553129
-Node: Command line options555178
-Node: Command line input558755
-Node: Recovering from errors560618
-Node: Document templates561964
-Node: beamer template562409
-Node: article template563063
-Node: book template563490
-Node: Larger book template563971
-Node: tugboat template565457
-Node: Index567828
-Ref: Command Index567914
+Node: Top1838
+Node: About this document3659
+Node: Overview5907
+Node: Starting and ending7530
+Ref: Starting & ending7665
+Node: Output files8842
+Ref: output files dvi9121
+Ref: output files pdf9632
+Ref: output files log9955
+Ref: output files aux10152
+Node: TeX engines11121
+Ref: tex engines latex11470
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12302
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12787
+Node: LaTeX command syntax13591
+Node: Environment15517
+Node: CTAN16723
+Node: Document classes18124
+Ref: document classes article18564
+Ref: document classes book18652
+Ref: document classes letter18837
+Ref: document classes report18913
+Ref: document classes slides19065
+Node: Document class options19447
+Node: Additional packages22529
+Node: Class and package construction23160
+Node: Class and package structure24610
+Node: Class and package commands26904
+Node: Fonts44518
+Ref: Typefaces44621
+Node: fontenc package46601
+Node: Font styles49465
+Node: Font sizes53754
+Node: Low-level font commands55373
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding55657
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily56213
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries56978
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape58130
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize58427
+Ref: low level font commands baselinestretch58952
+Ref: low level font commands linespread59661
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont59911
+Ref: low level font commands usefont60237
+Node: Layout60480
+Node: \onecolumn60978
+Node: \twocolumn61337
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep61960
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule62209
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth62505
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction63071
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction64014
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep64261
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep64566
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber64749
+Node: \flushbottom65714
+Node: \raggedbottom66814
+Node: Page layout parameters67350
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep67553
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule67553
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth67553
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight67807
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep67974
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip68287
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth68621
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush68974
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep68974
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth68974
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin70014
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin70014
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight70551
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth70777
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight71001
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth71390
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize72319
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin72525
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip72829
+Node: Floats73045
+Ref: floats bottomfraction77413
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction77540
+Ref: floats textfraction77651
+Ref: floats topfraction77853
+Ref: floats floatsep78105
+Ref: floats intextsep78215
+Ref: floats textfloatsep78430
+Ref: floats bottomnumber78694
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber78802
+Ref: floats topnumber78921
+Ref: floats totalnumber79025
+Node: Sectioning79554
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth82631
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth82631
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth83232
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth83232
+Node: \part84277
+Node: \chapter86453
+Node: \section90227
+Node: \subsection93494
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph96208
+Node: \appendix98865
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter100155
+Node: \@startsection101496
+Ref: startsection name102873
+Ref: \@startsection/name102873
+Ref: startsection level103327
+Ref: \@startsection/level103327
+Ref: startsection indent104207
+Ref: \@startsection/indent104207
+Ref: startsection beforeskip104470
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip104470
+Ref: startsection afterskip105991
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip105991
+Ref: startsection style107302
+Ref: \@startsection/style107302
+Node: Cross references111008
+Node: \label113101
+Node: \pageref114921
+Node: \ref115711
+Node: Environments116687
+Node: abstract118689
+Node: array120278
+Node: center123170
+Node: \centering124922
+Node: description126419
+Node: displaymath128634
+Node: document130421
+Node: \AtBeginDocument130851
+Node: \AtEndDocument131475
+Node: enumerate132119
+Ref: enumerate enumi133982
+Ref: enumerate enumii133982
+Ref: enumerate enumiii133982
+Ref: enumerate enumiv133982
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi134380
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii134380
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii134380
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv134380
+Node: eqnarray134919
+Node: equation136914
+Node: figure137582
+Node: filecontents139736
+Node: flushleft141483
+Node: \raggedright142500
+Node: flushright143698
+Node: \raggedleft144434
+Node: itemize145224
+Ref: itemize labelitemi146446
+Ref: itemize labelitemii146446
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii146446
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv146446
+Ref: itemize leftmargin147288
+Ref: itemize leftmargini147288
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii147288
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii147288
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv147288
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv147288
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi147288
+Node: letter148692
+Node: list148930
+Ref: list makelabel151375
+Ref: list itemindent152759
+Ref: list itemsep152896
+Ref: list labelsep153548
+Ref: list labelwidth153711
+Ref: list leftmargin154722
+Ref: list listparindent155575
+Ref: list parsep155806
+Ref: list partopsep156309
+Ref: list rightmargin157107
+Ref: list topsep157292
+Ref: list beginparpenalty160867
+Ref: list itempenalty160966
+Ref: list endparpenalty161070
+Node: \item161942
+Node: trivlist163190
+Node: math164718
+Node: minipage165024
+Node: picture170301
+Node: \put176770
+Node: \multiput177335
+Node: \qbezier178074
+Node: \graphpaper178999
+Node: \line179793
+Node: \linethickness181757
+Node: \thinlines182206
+Node: \thicklines182617
+Node: \circle183001
+Node: \oval183541
+Node: \shortstack184517
+Node: \vector185914
+Node: \makebox (picture)186830
+Node: \framebox (picture)188012
+Node: \frame189485
+Node: \dashbox189925
+Node: quotation & quote191060
+Node: tabbing191956
+Node: table197949
+Node: tabular200042
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth206371
+Ref: tabular arraystrech206611
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep206832
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep206968
+Node: \multicolumn207489
+Node: \vline211365
+Node: \cline212756
+Node: \hline213466
+Node: thebibliography214148
+Node: \bibitem216558
+Node: \cite218833
+Node: \nocite220588
+Node: Using BibTeX221072
+Node: theorem223227
+Node: titlepage224149
+Node: verbatim225432
+Node: \verb226942
+Node: verse228762
+Node: Line breaking229989
+Node: \\231355
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr233788
+Node: \newline234582
+Node: \- (hyphenation)235611
+Node: \discretionary237249
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy238137
+Node: sloppypar238920
+Node: \hyphenation240066
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak240660
+Node: Page breaking241807
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage243836
+Node: \newpage245356
+Node: \enlargethispage246654
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak247610
+Node: Footnotes249276
+Node: \footnote250422
+Ref: footnote footnoterule251690
+Ref: footnote footnotesep252301
+Node: \footnotemark253367
+Node: \footnotetext255706
+Node: Footnotes in section headings256307
+Node: Footnotes in a table257140
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes260062
+Node: Definitions260766
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand261742
+Node: \providecommand266972
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother268135
+Node: \@ifstar270283
+Node: \newcounter273102
+Node: \newlength274822
+Node: \newsavebox275644
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment276623
+Node: \newtheorem281947
+Node: \newfont285519
+Node: \protect286752
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend289140
+Node: Counters291878
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol293579
+Node: \usecounter296233
+Node: \value297092
+Node: \setcounter298145
+Node: \addtocounter298741
+Node: \refstepcounter299195
+Node: \stepcounter299864
+Node: \day & \month & \year300410
+Node: Lengths301221
+Node: Units of length305690
+Ref: units of length pt305893
+Ref: units of length pc306016
+Ref: units of length in306039
+Ref: units of length bp306065
+Ref: units of length cm306196
+Ref: units of length mm306218
+Ref: units of length dd306240
+Ref: units of length cc306272
+Ref: units of length sp306297
+Ref: Lengths/em306328
+Ref: Lengths/en306328
+Ref: Lengths/ex306328
+Ref: units of length em306328
+Ref: units of length en306328
+Ref: units of length ex306328
+Node: \setlength307184
+Node: \addtolength308269
+Node: \settodepth309344
+Node: \settoheight310222
+Node: \settowidth311115
+Node: Making paragraphs311983
+Node: \par313754
+Node: \indent & \noindent315701
+Node: \parindent & \parskip317235
+Node: Marginal notes318520
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush319916
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep320029
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth320161
+Node: Math formulas320510
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts324678
+Node: Math symbols326836
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath353112
+Node: Blackboard bold354616
+Node: Calligraphic355420
+Node: Dots355973
+Ref: ellipses cdots356406
+Ref: ellipses ddots356553
+Ref: ellipses ldots356642
+Ref: ellipses vdots357063
+Node: Greek letters358249
+Node: Math functions359966
+Node: Math accents361610
+Node: Over- and Underlining362509
+Node: Spacing in math mode364336
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace365268
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace365360
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace365456
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace365456
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace365937
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad366135
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad366391
+Node: \smash366669
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom368886
+Node: Math miscellany370923
+Node: Colon character & \colon371482
+Node: \*372175
+Node: \frac372759
+Node: \left & \right373139
+Node: \sqrt374313
+Node: \stackrel374908
+Node: Modes375181
+Ref: modes paragraph mode375631
+Ref: modes lr mode375827
+Ref: modes math mode376433
+Ref: modes vertical mode376768
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode376939
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode377412
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode377412
+Node: \ensuremath377826
+Node: Page styles378531
+Node: \maketitle379294
+Node: \pagenumbering382311
+Node: \pagestyle384299
+Node: \thispagestyle387801
+Node: Spaces388755
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad390196
+Node: \hspace391110
+Node: \hfill392948
+Node: \hss394012
+Node: \spacefactor394706
+Node: \@398093
+Ref: \AT398193
+Node: \frenchspacing400133
+Node: \normalsfcodes400968
+Node: \(SPACE)401215
+Node: ~403005
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace405475
+Node: \/406418
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill407724
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip409080
+Ref: bigskip409898
+Ref: medskip410102
+Ref: smallskip410311
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak410972
+Node: \strut411958
+Node: \vspace415153
+Node: \vfill416716
+Node: \addvspace417644
+Node: Boxes419642
+Node: \mbox & \makebox420348
+Ref: mbox makebox depth421560
+Ref: mbox makebox height421560
+Ref: mbox makebox width421560
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight421560
+Node: \fbox & \framebox423654
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule424967
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep425157
+Node: \parbox426246
+Node: \raisebox428550
+Ref: raisebox depth429513
+Ref: raisebox height429513
+Ref: raisebox width429513
+Ref: raisebox totalheight429513
+Node: \sbox & \savebox430227
+Node: lrbox433193
+Node: \usebox434015
+Node: Color434421
+Node: Color package options435220
+Node: Color models436866
+Ref: color models cmyk437663
+Ref: color models gray438026
+Ref: color models rgb438175
+Ref: color models RGB438512
+Ref: color models named438887
+Node: Commands for color439175
+Node: Define colors439590
+Node: Colored text440315
+Node: Colored boxes442713
+Node: Colored pages444102
+Node: Graphics444795
+Node: Graphics package options446922
+Node: Graphics package configuration449675
+Node: \graphicspath450477
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions453368
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule455136
+Node: Commands for graphics458318
+Node: \includegraphics458823
+Ref: includegraphics width463873
+Ref: includegraphics height464404
+Ref: includegraphics totalheght464810
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio465074
+Ref: includegraphics viewport466760
+Ref: includegraphics trim467130
+Ref: includegraphics clip467586
+Ref: includegraphics page467846
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox467937
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate468802
+Ref: includegraphics quiet469007
+Ref: includegraphics draft469168
+Ref: includegraphics bb469973
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx470371
+Ref: includegraphics bblly470371
+Ref: includegraphics bburx470371
+Ref: includegraphics bbury470371
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth470513
+Ref: includegraphics natheight470513
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb470699
+Ref: includegraphics type471461
+Ref: includegraphics ext471501
+Ref: includegraphics read471604
+Ref: includegraphics command471721
+Node: \rotatebox471966
+Node: \scalebox474820
+Node: \resizebox475876
+Node: Special insertions477068
+Node: Reserved characters477870
+Node: Upper and lower case479072
+Node: Symbols by font position480987
+Node: Text symbols481607
+Node: Accents485608
+Node: \accent487701
+Node: Additional Latin letters489469
+Ref: Non-English characters489640
+Node: \rule490657
+Node: \today491829
+Node: Splitting the input492765
+Node: \endinput494506
+Node: \include & \includeonly495773
+Node: \input499995
+Node: Front/back matter501210
+Node: Table of contents etc.501543
+Node: \addcontentsline505279
+Node: \addtocontents508121
+Node: \nofiles509712
+Node: Indexes510444
+Node: \index512072
+Node: makeindex517181
+Ref: makeindex preamble518849
+Ref: makeindex postamble518989
+Ref: makeindex group skip519074
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag519394
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix519855
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix520007
+Ref: makeindex item 0520155
+Ref: makeindex item 1520235
+Ref: makeindex item 2520310
+Ref: makeindex item 01520388
+Ref: makeindex item x1520493
+Ref: makeindex item 12520698
+Ref: makeindex item x2520806
+Ref: makeindex delim 0520966
+Ref: makeindex delim 1521096
+Ref: makeindex delim 2521226
+Ref: makeindex delim n521352
+Ref: makeindex delim r521487
+Ref: makeindex line max521595
+Ref: makeindex indent space521730
+Ref: makeindex indent length521825
+Ref: makeindex page precedence522010
+Node: \printindex522884
+Node: Glossaries523356
+Node: \newglossaryentry525323
+Node: \gls526792
+Node: Letters527586
+Node: \address531204
+Node: \cc532015
+Node: \closing532457
+Node: \encl532771
+Node: \location533185
+Node: \makelabels533449
+Node: \name535766
+Node: \opening536007
+Node: \ps536288
+Node: \signature536577
+Node: \telephone537805
+Node: Input/output538170
+Node: \openin & \openout538890
+Node: \read541626
+Node: \typein542704
+Node: \typeout543958
+Node: \write545008
+Node: \message550090
+Node: \wlog551853
+Node: \write18552356
+Node: Command line555025
+Node: Command line options557074
+Node: Command line input560651
+Node: Recovering from errors562514
+Node: Document templates563860
+Node: beamer template564305
+Node: article template564959
+Node: book template565386
+Node: Larger book template565867
+Node: tugboat template567353
+Node: Index569724
+Ref: Command Index569810
 
 End Tag Table

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 @c $Id$
 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
 @setfilename latex2e.info
- at set UPDATED October 2018
+ at set UPDATED November 2018
 @include common.texi
 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED})
 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@@ -414,96 +414,7 @@
 contents etc.}).  A particular class may create others; the list is
 open-ended.
 
- at menu
-* fontenc package::     Encoding of the output.
- at end menu
 
-
- at node fontenc package
- at subsection @file{fontenc} package
-
- at cindex Font encoding
- at cindex UTF-8
- at cindex T1
- at cindex OT1
- at findex fontenc
-
-Synopsis:
-
- at example
-\usepackage[@var{font_encoding}]@{fontenc@}
- at end example
-
-Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the mapping
-of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset your
-output. Only applies if you use the @code{pdflatex} engine.
-
- at TeX{}'s original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set. To make common accented characters you must use @code{\accent}
-(@pxref{\accent}), which disables hyphenation.  @TeX{} users have agreed
-on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters
-provided by modern fonts.  If you are using @command{pdflatex} then this
-in the preamble
-
- at example
-\usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@}
-\usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-\usepackage@{lmodern@}  % Extends default Computer Modern
- at end example
-
- at noindent
-gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
- at LaTeX{} to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and
-also allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line
-allows you to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the
-third line loads a font that looks like @LaTeX{}'s default but contains
-the accented characters.)
-
-These are the common font encodings.
-
- at table @code
- at item OT1
-The original encoding for @TeX{}.  Limited to mostly English characters.
-
- at item T1
- at TeX{} text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
-Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
-accented characters.
-
- at item T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2
-For Cyrillic.
- at end table
-
-Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
-encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-
- at PkgIndex{lmodern}
-If you are using an encoding such as @code{T1} and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type at tie{}3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the
- at file{lmodern} package, as shown above (you may need to download the
-package with your system's installer).  It gives you a font that extends
- at LaTeX{}'s default using vector methods.
-
-The @command{xelatex} and @command{lualatex} engines offer advantages
-over @command{pdflatex} (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}).  If you use either of
-these two then do not use @code{fontenc}.  If you use @command{xelatex}
-then something like this is suitable.
-
- at example
-\usepackage@{fontspec@}
-\defaultfontfeatures@{Ligatures=TeX@}
- at end example
-
-If you use @command{lualatex} then something like this works.
-
- at example
-\usepackage@{luatextra@}
-\defaultfontfeatures@{Ligatures=TeX@}
- at end example
-
-
 @node @TeX{} engines
 @section @TeX{} engines
 
@@ -1478,16 +1389,144 @@
 @cindex typefaces
 @cindex fonts
 
-Two important aspects of selecting a @dfn{font} are specifying a size
-and a style.  The @LaTeX{} commands for doing this are described here.
+ at LaTeX{} comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
+Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
+in your document (for instance, see at tie{}@ref{Font styles}).  And,
+ at LaTeX{} documents can use most fonts that are available today,
+including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (although
+they may not have support for mathematics).
 
+The first typeface in the @TeX{} world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for @LaTeX{} documents and
+is still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+ at url{http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf}.)
+
+ at example
+\usepackage[full]@{textcomp@}
+\usepackage[osf]@{newpxtext@} % osf for text, not math
+\usepackage@{cabin@} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]@{inconsolata@} % sans serif typewriter
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]@{newpxmath@} % bb from STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]@{mathalfa@} % mathcal
+ at end example
+
+ at noindent
+In addition, the @command{xelatex} or @command{lualatex} engines allow
+you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
+format (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}).
+
+The @LaTeX{} Font Catalogue @url{http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/} shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with @LaTeX{}.
+
+More information is also available from the @TeX{} Users Group, at
+ at url{https://www.tug.org/fonts/}.
+
 @menu
+* fontenc package::             Encoding of the font.
 * Font styles::                 Select roman, italics, etc.
 * Font sizes::                  Select point size.
 * Low-level font commands::     Select encoding, family, series, shape.
 @end menu
 
 
+ at node fontenc package
+ at section @file{fontenc} package
+
+ at cindex Font encoding
+ at cindex UTF-8
+ at cindex T1
+ at cindex OT1
+ at findex fontenc
+
+Synopsis:
+
+ at example
+\usepackage[@var{font_encoding}]@{fontenc@}
+ at end example
+
+or
+
+ at example
+\usepackage[@var{font_encoding1}, @var{font_encoding2}, ...]@{fontenc@}
+ at end example
+
+Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your
+output. This package only applies if you use the @code{pdflatex} engine
+(@pxref{@TeX{} engines}).
+
+ at TeX{}'s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+ at code{\accent} (@pxref{\accent}) but this disables hyphenation.  @TeX{}
+users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using
+ at command{pdflatex} then this in the preamble
+
+ at example
+\usepackage[T1]@{fontenc@}
+\usepackage[utf8]@{inputenc@}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+ at end example
+
+ at noindent
+gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then @LaTeX{} will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+
+For each @var{font_encoding} given as an option but not already
+declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+ at file{@var{font_encoding}enc.def}.  It also sets @code{\encodingdefault}
+to be the last encoding in the option list.
+
+These are the common values for @var{font_encoding}.
+
+ at table @code
+ at item OT1
+The original encoding for @TeX{}.  Limited to mostly English characters.
+
+ at item OMS, OML
+Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+
+ at item T1
+ at TeX{} text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
+Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
+accented characters.  The most common option for this package.
+
+ at item TS1
+Text Companion encoding.
+ at end table
+
+ at noindent
+ at LaTeX{}'s default is to load @code{OML}, @code{T1}, @code{OT1}, and
+then @code{OMS}, and set the default to @code{OT1}.
+
+Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
+encoding if your font requires it.
+
+If you use @code{T1}@tie{}encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
+fonts before loading @file{fontenc}, to prevent the system from loading
+any @code{T1}@tie{}encoded fonts from the default.
+
+ at PkgIndex{lmodern} @PkgIndex{cm-super}
+If you are using an encoding such as @code{T1} and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type at tie{}3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as @file{lmodern} or @file{cm-super} to get a font that
+extends @LaTeX{}'s default using vector fonts.
+
+Do not use @code{fontenc} if you use the @command{xelatex} or
+ at command{lualatex} engine (@pxref{@TeX{} engines}).  Instead, use the
+ at file{fontspec} package.
+
+
 @node Font styles
 @section Font styles
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@
 2 Overview of LaTeX
   2.1 Starting and ending
   2.2 Output files
-    2.2.1 'fontenc' package
   2.3 TeX engines
   2.4 LaTeX command syntax
   2.5 Environment
@@ -46,9 +45,10 @@
     3.3.1 Class and package structure
     3.3.2 Class and package commands
 4 Fonts
-  4.1 Font styles
-  4.2 Font sizes
-  4.3 Low-level font commands
+  4.1 'fontenc' package
+  4.2 Font styles
+  4.3 Font sizes
+  4.4 Low-level font commands
 5 Layout
   5.1 '\onecolumn'
   5.2 '\twocolumn'
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of November
 2018) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 1 About this document
@@ -480,71 +480,6 @@
 used to make a table of contents (*note Table of contents etc.::).  A
 particular class may create others; the list is open-ended.
 
-2.2.1 'fontenc' package
------------------------
-
-Synopsis:
-
-     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
-
-   Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the
-mapping of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to
-typeset your output.  Only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine.
-
-   TeX's original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set.  To make common accented characters you must use '\accent' (*note
-\accent::), which disables hyphenation.  TeX users have agreed on a
-number of standards to access the larger sets of characters provided by
-modern fonts.  If you are using 'pdflatex' then this in the preamble
-
-     \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-     \usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
-
-gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-LaTeX to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and also
-allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line allows you
-to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the third line
-loads a font that looks like LaTeX's default but contains the accented
-characters.)
-
-   These are the common font encodings.
-
-'OT1'
-     The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English
-     characters.
-
-'T1'
-     TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
-     Users Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most
-     European accented characters.
-
-'T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2'
-     For Cyrillic.
-
-   Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
-font encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-
-   If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the 'lmodern'
-package, as shown above (you may need to download the package with your
-system's installer).  It gives you a font that extends LaTeX's default
-using vector methods.
-
-   The 'xelatex' and 'lualatex' engines offer advantages over 'pdflatex'
-(*note TeX engines::).  If you use either of these two then do not use
-'fontenc'.  If you use 'xelatex' then something like this is suitable.
-
-     \usepackage{fontspec}
-     \defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-
-   If you use 'lualatex' then something like this works.
-
-     \usepackage{luatextra}
-     \defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-
 2.3 TeX engines
 ===============
 
@@ -1262,10 +1197,117 @@
 4 Fonts
 *******
 
-Two important aspects of selecting a "font" are specifying a size and a
-style.  The LaTeX commands for doing this are described here.
+LaTeX comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New Font
+Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families in
+your document (for instance, see *note Font styles::).  And, LaTeX
+documents can use most fonts that are available today, including
+versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc.  (although they may
+not have support for mathematics).
 
-4.1 Font styles
+   The first typeface in the TeX world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for LaTeX documents and is
+still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf>.)
+
+     \usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+     \usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+     \usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+     \usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+     \usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+     \usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+
+In addition, the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engines allow you to use any
+fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType format (*note TeX
+engines::).
+
+   The LaTeX Font Catalogue <http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with LaTeX.
+
+   More information is also available from the TeX Users Group, at
+<https://www.tug.org/fonts/>.
+
+4.1 'fontenc' package
+=====================
+
+Synopsis:
+
+     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING]{fontenc}
+
+   or
+
+     \usepackage[FONT_ENCODING1, FONT_ENCODING2, ...]{fontenc}
+
+   Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
+This package only applies if you use the 'pdflatex' engine (*note TeX
+engines::).
+
+   TeX's original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set.  For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+'\accent' (*note \accent::) but this disables hyphenation.  TeX users
+have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using 'pdflatex' then
+this in the preamble
+
+     \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+     \usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+
+gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then LaTeX will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+
+   For each FONT_ENCODING given as an option but not already declared,
+this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+'FONT_ENCODINGenc.def'.  It also sets '\encodingdefault' to be the last
+encoding in the option list.
+
+   These are the common values for FONT_ENCODING.
+
+'OT1'
+     The original encoding for TeX.  Limited to mostly English
+     characters.
+
+'OMS, OML'
+     Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+
+'T1'
+     TeX text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the
+     Users Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most
+     European accented characters.  The most common option for this
+     package.
+
+'TS1'
+     Text Companion encoding.
+
+LaTeX's default is to load 'OML', 'T1', 'OT1', and then 'OMS', and set
+the default to 'OT1'.
+
+   Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a
+font encoding if your font requires it.
+
+   If you use 'T1' encoded fonts other than the default Computer Modern
+family then you may need to load the package that selects your fonts
+before loading 'fontenc', to prevent the system from loading any
+'T1' encoded fonts from the default.
+
+   If you are using an encoding such as 'T1' and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as 'lmodern' or 'cm-super' to get a font that extends
+LaTeX's default using vector fonts.
+
+   Do not use 'fontenc' if you use the 'xelatex' or 'lualatex' engine
+(*note TeX engines::).  Instead, use the 'fontspec' package.
+
+4.2 Font styles
 ===============
 
 The following type style commands are supported by LaTeX.
@@ -1405,7 +1447,7 @@
 default.  FAQ entry:
 <http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=osf>.
 
-4.2 Font sizes
+4.3 Font sizes
 ==============
 
 The following standard type size commands are supported by LaTeX.  The
@@ -1440,7 +1482,7 @@
 the environment form of these commands; for instance,
 '\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}'.
 
-4.3 Low-level font commands
+4.4 Low-level font commands
 ===========================
 
 These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
@@ -14726,1855 +14768,1856 @@
 
 * Menu:
 
-* &:                                     tabular.           (line  5021)
+* &:                                     tabular.           (line  5064)
 * * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 14581)
+                                                            (line 14624)
 * *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6852)
-* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2056)
+                                                            (line  6895)
+* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2099)
 * *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6494)
+                                                            (line  6537)
 * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14483)
+                                                            (line 14526)
 * --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14483)
+                                                            (line 14526)
 * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14510)
+                                                            (line 14553)
 * --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14507)
+                                                            (line 14550)
 * --help command-line option:            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14448)
+                                                            (line 14491)
 * --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14451)
+                                                            (line 14494)
 * --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14468)
+                                                            (line 14511)
 * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14510)
+                                                            (line 14553)
 * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14483)
+                                                            (line 14526)
 * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14480)
+                                                            (line 14523)
 * --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14483)
+                                                            (line 14526)
 * --version command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14443)
+                                                            (line 14486)
 * .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   467)
 * .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   444)
-* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 13578)
-* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 13219)
-* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 13370)
-* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 13370)
-* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 13382)
+* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 13621)
+* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 13262)
+* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 13413)
+* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 13413)
+* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 13425)
 * .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   477)
 * .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
+                                                            (line 13028)
 * .log file:                             Output files.      (line   462)
 * .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   477)
 * .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
+                                                            (line 13028)
 * .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   454)
-* .tex, default extension:               Command line.      (line 14405)
+* .tex, default extension:               Command line.      (line 14448)
 * .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   477)
 * .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
-* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   585)
+                                                            (line 13028)
+* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   519)
 * 10pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   747)
+                                                            (line   681)
 * 11pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   747)
+                                                            (line   681)
 * 12pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   747)
+                                                            (line   681)
 * ::                                     Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9626)
+                                                            (line  9669)
 * : <1>:                                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9626)
+                                                            (line  9669)
 * [...] for optional arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   604)
-* \ (backslash-space):                   \(SPACE).          (line 10343)
+                                                            (line   538)
+* \ (backslash-space):                   \(SPACE).          (line 10386)
 * \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   604)
+                                                            (line   538)
 * \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9491)
-* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 12518)
+                                                            (line  9534)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 12561)
 * \#:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
+                                                            (line 12273)
 * \$:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
+                                                            (line 12273)
 * \%:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
+                                                            (line 12273)
 * \&:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
-* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 12522)
-* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4867)
-* \*:                                    \*.                (line  9646)
-* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  4859)
+                                                            (line 12273)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 12565)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4910)
+* \*:                                    \*.                (line  9689)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  4902)
 * \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9477)
-* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  4863)
-* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  5889)
-* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 12525)
-* \/:                                    \/.                (line 10464)
+                                                            (line  9520)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  4906)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  5932)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 12568)
+* \/:                                    \/.                (line 10507)
 * \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9473)
+                                                            (line  9516)
 * \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9468)
-* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  4855)
-* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 12529)
-* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4849)
-* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  4853)
+                                                            (line  9511)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  4898)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 12572)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4892)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  4896)
 * \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9473)
-* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4852)
-* \@:                                    \@.                (line 10267)
-* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  3949)
-* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  3957)
-* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6245)
-* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  6679)
-* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  3953)
-* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2533)
-* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4882)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4883)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  4883)
+                                                            (line  9516)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4895)
+* \@:                                    \@.                (line 10310)
+* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  3992)
+* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4000)
+* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6288)
+* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  6722)
+* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  3996)
+* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  2576)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4925)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4926)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  4926)
 * \aa (aa):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12639)
+                                                            (line 12682)
 * \AA (AA):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12639)
-* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 12589)
-* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line  9361)
-* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 13079)
-* \address:                              \address.          (line 13757)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 13154)
-* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7397)
-* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  7644)
-* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 10789)
+                                                            (line 12682)
+* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 12632)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line  9404)
+* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 13122)
+* \address:                              \address.          (line 13800)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 13197)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  7440)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  7687)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 10832)
 * \ae (ae):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12643)
+                                                            (line 12686)
 * \AE (AE):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12643)
-* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8139)
-* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3308)
-* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8142)
+                                                            (line 12686)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  8182)
+* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3351)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  8185)
 * \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7272)
+                                                            (line  7315)
 * \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7277)
-* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 13305)
-* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8145)
-* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line  9858)
-* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8148)
-* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2472)
-* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8153)
+                                                            (line  7320)
+* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 13348)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  8188)
+* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line  9901)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  8191)
+* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  2515)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  8196)
 * \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7282)
-* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9244)
-* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9247)
-* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9250)
-* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9253)
-* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  2991)
-* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5146)
-* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5152)
-* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8156)
-* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8165)
-* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3221)
+                                                            (line  7325)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line  9287)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line  9290)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line  9293)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9296)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3034)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5189)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5195)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8199)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8208)
+* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3264)
 * \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   927)
-* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3237)
+                                                            (line   861)
+* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3280)
 * \AtEndOfClass:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   932)
+                                                            (line   866)
 * \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   932)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line  9857)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4883)
-* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12544)
+                                                            (line   866)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line  9900)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  4926)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12587)
 * \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
-* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8168)
-* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line  9364)
+                                                            (line  2548)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  8211)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line  9407)
 * \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1545)
+                                                            (line  1588)
 * \baselinestretch:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1555)
-* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  2883)
-* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8172)
-* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1343)
-* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1308)
-* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5373)
-* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5497)
-* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5497)
-* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8175)
-* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8179)
-* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8183)
-* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8187)
-* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8190)
-* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8193)
+                                                            (line  1598)
+* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  2926)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8215)
+* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1386)
+* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1351)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  5416)
+* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5540)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  5540)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  8218)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  8222)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  8226)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  8230)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8233)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  8236)
 * \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10570)
+                                                            (line 10613)
 * \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10571)
-* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8204)
-* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8196)
-* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8200)
-* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8207)
-* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8211)
-* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8214)
-* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9256)
+                                                            (line 10614)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  8247)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8239)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8243)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8250)
+* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  8254)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  8257)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9299)
 * \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9049)
+                                                            (line  9092)
 * \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9057)
-* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8217)
-* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  1969)
-* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  1970)
-* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8222)
-* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8225)
-* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line  9367)
-* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8230)
-* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 12554)
-* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1346)
-* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8233)
-* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 12522)
-* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 12580)
-* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 12584)
-* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 12554)
-* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 12533)
-* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 12518)
-* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 12558)
-* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 12537)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 12562)
-* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 12529)
-* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 12576)
-* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 12566)
-* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 12570)
-* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 12576)
-* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 12541)
-* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3434)
-* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  4973)
-* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 13783)
-* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8238)
-* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9144)
-* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3073)
-* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2170)
-* \check:                                Math accents.      (line  9370)
+                                                            (line  9100)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8260)
+* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2012)
+* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2013)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  8265)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8268)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line  9410)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  8273)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 12597)
+* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1389)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8276)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 12565)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 12623)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 12627)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 12597)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 12576)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 12561)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 12601)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 12580)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 12605)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 12572)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 12619)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 12609)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 12613)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 12619)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 12584)
+* \caption:                              figure.            (line  3477)
+* \caption <1>:                          table.             (line  5016)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 13826)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8281)
+* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line  9187)
+* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3116)
+* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2213)
+* \check:                                Math accents.      (line  9413)
 * \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
-* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8241)
-* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8244)
-* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4520)
-* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5432)
+                                                            (line   873)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8284)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8287)
+* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  4563)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  5475)
 * \ClassError:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \ClassInfo:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \ClassInfoNoLine:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \ClassWarning:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \ClassWarningNoLine:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \cleardoublepage:                      \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6068)
+                                                            (line  6111)
 * \clearpage:                            \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6068)
-* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5280)
+                                                            (line  6111)
+* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5323)
 * \closein:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
+                                                            (line 14027)
 * \closeout:                             \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 13799)
-* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8249)
+                                                            (line 14027)
+* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 13842)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  8292)
 * \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9626)
-* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1623)
+                                                            (line  9669)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1666)
 * \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
+                                                            (line  1791)
 * \columnsep <2>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1751)
-* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  1629)
+                                                            (line  1794)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  1672)
 * \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1749)
+                                                            (line  1792)
 * \columnseprule <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1751)
-* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1636)
+                                                            (line  1794)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1679)
 * \columnwidth <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1750)
+                                                            (line  1793)
 * \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1751)
-* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8252)
-* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8258)
-* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 13083)
-* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8261)
-* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 12317)
-* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9259)
-* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9262)
-* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line  9265)
-* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line  9268)
-* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line  9271)
-* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8264)
+                                                            (line  1794)
+* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  8295)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8301)
+* \contentsline:                         \addcontentsline.  (line 13126)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  8304)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 12360)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line  9302)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9305)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line  9308)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line  9311)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line  9314)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8307)
 * \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
-* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12558)
-* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12321)
-* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8269)
-* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  4726)
-* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8272)
-* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line  9865)
+                                                            (line   912)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 12601)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12364)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  8312)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  4769)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8315)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line  9908)
 * \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7447)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  1669)
-* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1675)
-* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1682)
-* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  1648)
-* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  1687)
-* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12324)
-* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8276)
-* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line  9373)
-* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9148)
+                                                            (line  7490)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  1712)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  1718)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1725)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  1691)
+* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  1730)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12367)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  8319)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line  9416)
+* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line  9191)
 * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 11648)
+                                                            (line 11691)
 * \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
-                                                            (line 11688)
+                                                            (line 11731)
 * \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
+                                                            (line   918)
 * \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
+                                                            (line   918)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1014)
+                                                            (line   948)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand*:                Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1014)
-* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9274)
-* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8279)
-* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8282)
-* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line  9277)
+                                                            (line   948)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line  9317)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8322)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8325)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line  9320)
 * \dh (d):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12647)
+                                                            (line 12690)
 * \DH (D):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12647)
-* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8285)
-* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8289)
-* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8293)
-* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9280)
-* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  8025)
-* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8296)
+                                                            (line 12690)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8328)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  8332)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  8336)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9323)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math formulas.     (line  8068)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8339)
 * \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12653)
+                                                            (line 12696)
 * \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12653)
-* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   705)
-* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line  9376)
-* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8299)
+                                                            (line 12696)
+* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   639)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line  9419)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8342)
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 10499)
-* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12341)
-* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5157)
-* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8303)
-* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8307)
-* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8311)
-* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1328)
-* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8314)
-* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 13812)
-* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  2883)
-* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 12799)
-* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6142)
+                                                            (line 10542)
+* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 12384)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5200)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8346)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8350)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8354)
+* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1371)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8357)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 13855)
+* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  2926)
+* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 12842)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6185)
 * \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10072)
-* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3294)
-* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3294)
-* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3294)
-* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3294)
-* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8318)
-* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8324)
-* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8327)
+                                                            (line 10115)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3337)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3337)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3337)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3337)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8361)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  8367)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8370)
 * \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
-                                                            (line   817)
+                                                            (line   751)
 * \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1809)
+                                                            (line  1852)
 * \evensidemargin <2>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1810)
+                                                            (line  1853)
 * \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1090)
-* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8330)
-* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line  9283)
-* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5097)
-* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 10934)
+                                                            (line  1024)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  8373)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line  9326)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5140)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 10977)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4703)
-* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10967)
-* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10966)
+                                                            (line  4746)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 11010)
+* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 11009)
 * \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4703)
-* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10972)
-* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 10971)
-* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 10159)
-* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8333)
-* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  1973)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  1974)
-* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  1989)
-* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  1990)
-* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  1716)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6245)
+                                                            (line  4746)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 11015)
+* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 11014)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 10202)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8376)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2016)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2017)
+* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2032)
+* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2033)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  1759)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6288)
 * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7295)
+                                                            (line  7338)
 * \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1455)
+                                                            (line  1498)
 * \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1465)
+                                                            (line  1508)
 * \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1492)
+                                                            (line  1535)
 * \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1532)
+                                                            (line  1575)
 * \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1545)
-* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6227)
-* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6293)
-* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6255)
-* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6267)
-* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6349)
+                                                            (line  1588)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6270)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  6336)
+* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  6298)
+* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  6310)
+* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  6392)
 * \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1768)
+                                                            (line  1811)
 * \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1769)
-* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8336)
-* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line  9662)
-* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  4714)
+                                                            (line  1812)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  8379)
+* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line  9705)
+* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  4757)
 * \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4678)
-* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10934)
-* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 10313)
+                                                            (line  4721)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 10977)
+* \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing.    (line 10356)
 * \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
-* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8339)
-* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5947)
-* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8342)
-* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8345)
-* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line  9286)
-* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8348)
-* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8352)
-* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8356)
-* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8359)
-* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 13648)
-* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 11586)
-* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4424)
-* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line  9379)
-* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.      (line 12333)
-* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.      (line 12334)
-* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.      (line 12335)
-* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.      (line 12336)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 12562)
-* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line  9382)
-* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8363)
+                                                            (line  2548)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  8382)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5990)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8385)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8388)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line  9329)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8391)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8395)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8399)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8402)
+* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 13691)
+* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 11629)
+* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  4467)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line  9422)
+* \guillemotleft (<<):                   Text symbols.      (line 12376)
+* \guillemotright (>>):                  Text symbols.      (line 12377)
+* \guilsinglleft (<):                    Text symbols.      (line 12378)
+* \guilsinglright (>):                   Text symbols.      (line 12379)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 12605)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line  9425)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8406)
 * \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1756)
+                                                            (line  1799)
 * \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1757)
+                                                            (line  1800)
 * \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1761)
+                                                            (line  1804)
 * \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1762)
-* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8366)
-* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 10147)
-* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5303)
-* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line  9289)
-* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8369)
-* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8372)
+                                                            (line  1805)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8409)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 10190)
+* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  5346)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line  9332)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8412)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8415)
 * \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 10499)
+                                                            (line 10542)
 * \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1861)
+                                                            (line  1904)
 * \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1861)
-* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 10100)
-* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 10180)
-* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  5988)
-* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 12512)
-* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8375)
+                                                            (line  1904)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 10143)
+* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 10223)
+* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6031)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 12555)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8418)
 * \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1046)
+                                                            (line   980)
 * \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7161)
+                                                            (line  7204)
 * \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7161)
+                                                            (line  7204)
 * \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12659)
+                                                            (line 12702)
 * \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12659)
-* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8379)
-* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8382)
-* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8386)
+                                                            (line 12702)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8422)
+* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8425)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8429)
 * \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12830)
-* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
+                                                            (line 12873)
+* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
 * \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12830)
+                                                            (line 12873)
 * \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7842)
-* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 13219)
-* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 13255)
-* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 13355)
-* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 13422)
-* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line  9292)
-* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8391)
-* \input:                                \input.            (line 12947)
+                                                            (line  7885)
+* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 13262)
+* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 13298)
+* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 13398)
+* \indexspace:                           makeindex.         (line 13465)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line  9335)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  8434)
+* \input:                                \input.            (line 12990)
 * \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1046)
-* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8394)
-* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  1993)
-* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  1994)
-* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8397)
-* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1349)
-* \item:                                 description.       (line  3140)
-* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3276)
-* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  3609)
-* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  3631)
-* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  3774)
-* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  3778)
-* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1302)
-* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 12512)
-* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8404)
-* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8400)
-* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 12566)
-* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8408)
-* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line  9295)
-* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  4887)
+                                                            (line   980)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8437)
+* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2036)
+* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2037)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8440)
+* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1392)
+* \item:                                 description.       (line  3183)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3319)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  3652)
+* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  3674)
+* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  3817)
+* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  3821)
+* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1345)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 12555)
+* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  8447)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8443)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 12609)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  8451)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line  9338)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  4930)
 * \l (/l):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12663)
+                                                            (line 12706)
 * \L (/L):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12663)
-* \label:                                \label.            (line  2772)
-* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3303)
-* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3303)
-* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3303)
-* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3303)
-* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  3638)
-* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  3638)
-* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  3638)
-* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  3638)
-* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  3790)
-* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  3795)
-* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8411)
-* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8414)
-* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8417)
-* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8422)
-* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 12327)
-* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 12330)
-* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8427)
-* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8431)
-* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8435)
-* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9152)
-* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 12340)
-* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8439)
-* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8443)
-* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8450)
-* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8455)
-* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3360)
-* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8459)
-* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8462)
-* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  3815)
-* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  3657)
-* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8465)
-* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8470)
-* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8475)
-* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8479)
-* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line  9298)
-* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8482)
-* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9301)
-* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line  9304)
-* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line  9307)
-* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4448)
+                                                            (line 12706)
+* \label:                                \label.            (line  2815)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3346)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3346)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3346)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3346)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  3681)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  3681)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  3681)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  3681)
+* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  3833)
+* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  3838)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8454)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  8457)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8460)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8465)
+* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 12370)
+* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 12373)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8470)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8474)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8478)
+* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line  9195)
+* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 12383)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8482)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  8486)
+* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8493)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  8498)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  3403)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  8502)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  8505)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  3858)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  3700)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8508)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8513)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8518)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8522)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line  9341)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8525)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line  9344)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line  9347)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line  9350)
+* \line:                                 \line.             (line  4491)
 * \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6006)
+                                                            (line  6049)
 * \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1569)
-* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4492)
+                                                            (line  1612)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  4535)
 * \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1775)
+                                                            (line  1818)
 * \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1776)
+                                                            (line  1819)
 * \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
+                                                            (line 13028)
 * \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
-* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  3832)
-* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8490)
-* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line  9310)
-* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8494)
+                                                            (line 13028)
+* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  3875)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8533)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line  9353)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8537)
 * \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1066)
+                                                            (line  1000)
 * \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1066)
-* \location:                             \location.         (line 13827)
-* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line  9313)
-* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8497)
-* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8502)
-* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8506)
-* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8511)
-* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8516)
-* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12346)
+                                                            (line  1000)
+* \location:                             \location.         (line 13870)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line  9356)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  8540)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  8545)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  8549)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  8554)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8559)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12389)
 * \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
-* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10845)
+                                                            (line  2548)
+* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10888)
 * \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  4640)
-* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 13541)
-* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 13578)
-* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 13219)
-* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  3751)
-* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 13837)
-* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line  9821)
-* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8519)
-* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  7921)
+                                                            (line  4683)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 13584)
+* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 13621)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 13262)
+* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  3794)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 13880)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line  9864)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8562)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  7964)
 * \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1782)
+                                                            (line  1825)
 * \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1785)
-* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  7950)
-* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  7954)
+                                                            (line  1828)
+* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  7993)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  7997)
 * \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1784)
+                                                            (line  1827)
 * \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1785)
-* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7958)
+                                                            (line  1828)
+* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8001)
 * \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1783)
+                                                            (line  1826)
 * \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1785)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 10019)
-* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 10028)
-* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1379)
-* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1395)
-* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9031)
-* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1392)
-* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9034)
-* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line  9385)
-* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1376)
-* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9037)
-* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1382)
-* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9040)
-* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1385)
-* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9043)
-* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1397)
-* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line  9316)
-* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10845)
-* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1305)
+                                                            (line  1828)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 10062)
+* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 10071)
+* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1422)
+* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1438)
+* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9074)
+* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1435)
+* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9077)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line  9428)
+* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1419)
+* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9080)
+* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1425)
+* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9083)
+* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1428)
+* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9086)
+* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1440)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line  9359)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10888)
+* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1348)
 * \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10575)
+                                                            (line 10618)
 * \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10576)
+                                                            (line 10619)
 * \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9473)
-* \message:                              \message.          (line 14267)
-* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8523)
-* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8528)
-* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line  9319)
-* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  8538)
+                                                            (line  9516)
+* \message:                              \message.          (line 14310)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8566)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8571)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line  9362)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  8581)
 * \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7447)
-* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8543)
-* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8546)
-* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5172)
-* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4376)
-* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  8549)
-* \name:                                 \name.             (line 13894)
-* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  8552)
-* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8555)
-* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8558)
+                                                            (line  7490)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8586)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8589)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5215)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  4419)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  8592)
+* \name:                                 \name.             (line 13937)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  8595)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8598)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8601)
 * \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1100)
-* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8561)
+                                                            (line  1034)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8604)
 * \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9491)
+                                                            (line  9534)
 * \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
-* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8565)
+                                                            (line 10483)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8608)
 * \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6475)
-* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  6740)
+                                                            (line  6518)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  6783)
 * \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6831)
-* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7077)
-* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13589)
-* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  6781)
-* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  5865)
-* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 10343)
-* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6109)
-* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  6803)
-* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  6965)
-* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 12576)
+                                                            (line  6874)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7120)
+* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13632)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  6824)
+* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  5908)
+* \NEWLINE:                              \(SPACE).          (line 10386)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6152)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  6846)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7008)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 12619)
 * \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12667)
+                                                            (line 12710)
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12667)
-* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8568)
-* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5482)
-* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1290)
-* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1290)
-* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 13194)
+                                                            (line 12710)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8611)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  5525)
+* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1333)
+* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1333)
+* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 13237)
 * \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7842)
+                                                            (line  7885)
 * \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6006)
-* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 10313)
-* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3355)
+                                                            (line  6049)
+* \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing.    (line 10356)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  3398)
 * \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6167)
-* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1326)
-* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  7937)
-* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 10333)
-* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8573)
-* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  8581)
-* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8585)
-* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8588)
+                                                            (line  6210)
+* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1369)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  7980)
+* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 10376)
+* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8616)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  8624)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8628)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8631)
 * \o (/o):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12671)
+                                                            (line 12714)
 * \O (/O):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12671)
+                                                            (line 12714)
 * \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5825)
+                                                            (line  5868)
 * \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   817)
+                                                            (line   751)
 * \oddsidemargin <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1808)
+                                                            (line  1851)
 * \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1810)
-* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8591)
+                                                            (line  1853)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8634)
 * \oe (oe):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12675)
+                                                            (line 12718)
 * \OE (OE):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12675)
-* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8596)
-* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8600)
-* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8603)
-* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  8606)
-* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  1597)
+                                                            (line 12718)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8639)
+* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8643)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  8646)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  8649)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  1640)
 * \openin:                               \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 13904)
+                                                            (line 14027)
+* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 13947)
 * \openout:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8609)
+                                                            (line 14027)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8652)
 * \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1118)
-* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  8613)
-* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  8616)
-* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  4539)
+                                                            (line  1052)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  8656)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  8659)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  4582)
 * \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9440)
+                                                            (line  9483)
 * \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9421)
-* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8621)
-* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12349)
+                                                            (line  9464)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8664)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12392)
 * \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \PackageInfoNoLine:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \PackageWarning:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \PackageWarningNoLine:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   959)
+                                                            (line   893)
 * \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6167)
-* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line  9892)
-* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  2830)
-* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line  9950)
+                                                            (line  6210)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line  9935)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  2873)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line  9993)
 * \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1821)
+                                                            (line  1864)
 * \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1822)
+                                                            (line  1865)
 * \paperwidth:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1827)
+                                                            (line  1870)
 * \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1828)
-* \par:                                  \par.              (line  7789)
-* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2031)
+                                                            (line  1871)
+* \par:                                  \par.              (line  7832)
+* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2074)
 * \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
-* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  8626)
-* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 11001)
-* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4170)
+                                                            (line  2448)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  8669)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 11044)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4213)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7842)
+                                                            (line  7885)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7891)
-* \parsep:                               list.              (line  3838)
+                                                            (line  7934)
+* \parsep:                               list.              (line  3881)
 * \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7891)
-* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  3676)
-* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2116)
-* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  8629)
-* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  3847)
+                                                            (line  7934)
+* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  3719)
+* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2159)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  8672)
+* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  3890)
 * \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1124)
+                                                            (line  1058)
 * \PassOptionsToPackage:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1124)
+                                                            (line  1058)
 * \pdfpageheight:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
+                                                            (line   707)
 * \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
-* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8632)
-* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8637)
-* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8640)
-* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8644)
-* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8647)
-* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8651)
-* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9322)
-* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  4893)
-* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  4894)
-* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 12353)
-* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line  9325)
-* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8654)
-* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8657)
-* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  8662)
-* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 13541)
-* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 13578)
-* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 13526)
-* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 13530)
+                                                            (line   707)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8675)
+* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8680)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8683)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8687)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8690)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8694)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line  9365)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  4936)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  4937)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 12396)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line  9368)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8697)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8700)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  8705)
+* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 13584)
+* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 13621)
+* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 13569)
+* \printindex <1>:                       \printindex.       (line 13573)
 * \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1161)
+                                                            (line  1095)
 * \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1161)
-* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8671)
-* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8674)
-* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7109)
-* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  6600)
+                                                            (line  1095)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8714)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  8717)
+* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7152)
+* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  6643)
 * \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1199)
+                                                            (line  1133)
 * \ProvidesFile:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1232)
+                                                            (line  1166)
 * \ProvidesPackage:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1199)
-* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 13916)
-* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8677)
-* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8680)
-* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  4896)
-* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4358)
-* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4399)
+                                                            (line  1133)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 13959)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8720)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8723)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  4939)
+* \put:                                  \put.              (line  4401)
+* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  4442)
 * \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9502)
+                                                            (line  9545)
 * \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10072)
+                                                            (line 10115)
 * \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9496)
+                                                            (line  9539)
 * \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 10072)
-* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.      (line 12357)
-* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.      (line 12358)
-* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 12570)
-* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  1737)
-* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  3584)
-* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3533)
-* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 11053)
-* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8683)
-* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8688)
-* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8692)
-* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8696)
-* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8699)
-* \read:                                 \read.             (line 14048)
-* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  2854)
-* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7413)
+                                                            (line 10115)
+* \quotedblbase (,,):                    Text symbols.      (line 12400)
+* \quotesinglbase (,):                   Text symbols.      (line 12401)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 12613)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  1780)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  3627)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  3576)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 11096)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  8726)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  8731)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  8735)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  8739)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8742)
+* \read:                                 \read.             (line 14091)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  2897)
+* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  7456)
 * \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6831)
+                                                            (line  6874)
 * \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1241)
+                                                            (line  1175)
 * \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1241)
-* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 12188)
+                                                            (line  1175)
+* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 12231)
 * \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5825)
-* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  8704)
-* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  8709)
-* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  7937)
-* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8714)
-* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8718)
-* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8725)
-* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8729)
-* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8734)
-* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  8738)
-* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  8741)
-* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  8744)
-* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  3862)
-* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1352)
-* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1299)
+                                                            (line  5868)
+* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  8747)
+* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  8752)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  7980)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  8757)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8761)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8768)
+* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8772)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  8777)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  8781)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  8784)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  8787)
+* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  3905)
+* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1395)
+* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1342)
 * \roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7285)
+                                                            (line  7328)
 * \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7290)
-* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 12089)
-* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12361)
-* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 12690)
-* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12364)
-* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11099)
-* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11099)
-* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1355)
-* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1320)
-* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8747)
-* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line  9328)
-* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2263)
-* \seename:                              \index.            (line 13305)
+                                                            (line  7333)
+* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 12132)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 12404)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 12733)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 12407)
+* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11142)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11142)
+* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1398)
+* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1363)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8790)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line  9371)
+* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2306)
+* \seename:                              \index.            (line 13348)
 * \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1575)
-* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7379)
-* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  7616)
-* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8750)
-* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  7673)
-* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  7697)
-* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  7721)
-* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1358)
-* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1317)
-* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8756)
-* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  4575)
-* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8759)
-* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8762)
-* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 13933)
-* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8766)
-* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8769)
-* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line  9331)
-* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9334)
-* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1361)
-* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5947)
-* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1314)
-* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  8772)
+                                                            (line  1618)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  7422)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  7659)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  8793)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  7716)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  7740)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  7764)
+* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1401)
+* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1360)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  8799)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  4618)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8802)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  8805)
+* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 13976)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8809)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  8812)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line  9374)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9377)
+* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1404)
+* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5990)
+* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1357)
+* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  8815)
 * \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10580)
+                                                            (line 10623)
 * \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 10581)
-* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  8776)
-* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 10343)
-* \SPACE <1>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 10343)
-* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 10206)
-* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8779)
-* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  8782)
-* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  8786)
-* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9709)
-* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8790)
-* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8795)
-* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8800)
-* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8805)
+                                                            (line 10624)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  8819)
+* \SPACE:                                \(SPACE).          (line 10386)
+* \SPACE <1>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 10386)
+* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 10249)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  8822)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  8825)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  8829)
+* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9752)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8833)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8838)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  8843)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  8848)
 * \ss (ss):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12679)
+                                                            (line 12722)
 * \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12679)
-* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line  9725)
-* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8810)
-* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7431)
+                                                            (line 12722)
+* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line  9768)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8853)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  7474)
 * \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 14581)
-* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 10624)
-* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2031)
+                                                            (line 14624)
+* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 10667)
+* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2074)
 * \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
-* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2341)
-* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8818)
-* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8821)
+                                                            (line  2448)
+* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2384)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8861)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8864)
 * \subsubsection:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
-* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8824)
-* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8828)
-* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8833)
-* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line  9337)
-* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  1962)
-* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8837)
-* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8840)
-* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8843)
-* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8848)
+                                                            (line  2448)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8867)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  8871)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8876)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line  9380)
+* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2005)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  8880)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  8883)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8886)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8891)
 * \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12300)
-* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 12576)
-* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 10343)
-* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  4901)
-* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5161)
+                                                            (line 12343)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 12619)
+* \TAB:                                  \(SPACE).          (line 10386)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  4944)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5204)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
-* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line  9340)
-* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9343)
-* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8851)
-* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 13963)
-* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12368)
-* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 12406)
-* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 12371)
-* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 12374)
-* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 12377)
+                                                            (line 13028)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line  9383)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line  9386)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8894)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 14006)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 12411)
+* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 12449)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 12414)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 12417)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 12420)
 * \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12237)
-* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 12380)
-* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 12383)
-* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 12386)
-* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1308)
-* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 12389)
-* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 12392)
-* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 12395)
-* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 12398)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 12405)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 12401)
-* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 12404)
-* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 12318)
-* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 12413)
-* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 12416)
-* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 12419)
-* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 12342)
-* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 12422)
-* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 12427)
-* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 12430)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 12436)
-* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  1998)
-* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1999)
-* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  1977)
-* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  1978)
-* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 12439)
+                                                            (line 12280)
+* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 12423)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 12426)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 12429)
+* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1351)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 12432)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 12435)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 12438)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 12441)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 12448)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 12444)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 12447)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 12361)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 12456)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 12459)
+* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 12462)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 12385)
+* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 12465)
+* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 12470)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 12473)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 12479)
+* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2041)
+* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2042)
+* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2020)
+* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2021)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 12482)
 * \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1833)
+                                                            (line  1876)
 * \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1834)
-* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1302)
-* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 12445)
-* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 12442)
-* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1305)
-* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1326)
-* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 12448)
-* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 12449)
-* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 12350)
-* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 12452)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 12455)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 12458)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 12461)
-* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 12464)
-* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 12467)
-* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 12470)
-* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 12473)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 12474)
-* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 12477)
-* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 12480)
-* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1299)
-* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1320)
-* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 12365)
-* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1317)
-* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1314)
-* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 12354)
-* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 12483)
-* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 12486)
-* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1323)
-* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 12489)
-* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 12492)
-* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1311)
-* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 12495)
+                                                            (line  1877)
+* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1345)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 12488)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 12485)
+* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1348)
+* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1369)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 12491)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 12492)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 12393)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 12495)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 12498)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 12501)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 12504)
+* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 12507)
+* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 12510)
+* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 12513)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 12516)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 12517)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 12520)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 12523)
+* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1342)
+* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1363)
+* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 12408)
+* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1360)
+* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1357)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 12397)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 12526)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 12529)
+* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1366)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 12532)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 12535)
+* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1354)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 12538)
 * \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1841)
+                                                            (line  1884)
 * \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1842)
+                                                            (line  1885)
 * \th (th):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12683)
+                                                            (line 12726)
 * \TH (TH):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12683)
-* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line  9871)
-* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8854)
-* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4512)
+                                                            (line 12726)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line  9914)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  8897)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  4555)
 * \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9468)
-* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4504)
+                                                            (line  9511)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  4547)
 * \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9477)
+                                                            (line  9520)
 * \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
-* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 10034)
-* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line  9388)
-* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  8858)
-* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1420)
-* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line  9878)
-* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8862)
-* \today:                                \today.            (line 12725)
-* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8866)
-* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  1982)
-* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  1983)
+                                                            (line 10483)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 10077)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line  9431)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  8901)
+* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1463)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line  9921)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  8905)
+* \today:                                \today.            (line 12768)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8909)
+* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2025)
+* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2026)
 * \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1866)
-* \topsep:                               list.              (line  3867)
+                                                            (line  1909)
+* \topsep:                               list.              (line  3910)
 * \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1873)
+                                                            (line  1916)
 * \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1874)
-* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  8871)
-* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  8874)
-* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  8880)
-* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1364)
-* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1323)
-* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1609)
-* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 14078)
-* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 14123)
-* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12580)
+                                                            (line  1917)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  8914)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  8917)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  8923)
+* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1407)
+* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1366)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  1652)
+* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 14121)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 14166)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12623)
 * \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9049)
+                                                            (line  9092)
 * \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9057)
-* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 12546)
+                                                            (line  9100)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 12589)
 * \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9426)
+                                                            (line  9469)
 * \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9409)
-* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4243)
-* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8886)
-* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8893)
-* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8900)
-* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8904)
-* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8908)
-* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8913)
-* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  8918)
-* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8923)
-* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1311)
-* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8930)
-* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8933)
-* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 11205)
-* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7320)
+                                                            (line  9452)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4286)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8929)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  8936)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8943)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  8947)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8951)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  8956)
+* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  8961)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  8966)
+* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1354)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8973)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  8976)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 11248)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  7363)
 * \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1583)
+                                                            (line  1626)
 * \usepackage:                           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   838)
-* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12584)
-* \value:                                \value.            (line  7346)
-* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  8941)
-* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  8936)
-* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  8946)
-* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  8950)
-* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  8954)
-* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  8958)
-* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  8962)
-* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  8966)
-* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9161)
-* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line  9391)
-* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  4617)
-* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  8970)
-* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  5663)
-* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8975)
-* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  8991)
-* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 10760)
-* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5254)
-* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 10709)
-* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9009)
-* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line  9394)
-* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line  9397)
-* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 14312)
-* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9013)
-* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9016)
-* \write:                                \write.            (line 14156)
-* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 14330)
-* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9019)
-* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9022)
+                                                            (line   772)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 12627)
+* \value:                                \value.            (line  7389)
+* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  8984)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  8979)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  8989)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  8993)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  8997)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9001)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9005)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9009)
+* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line  9204)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line  9434)
+* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  4660)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9013)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  5706)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9018)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9034)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 10803)
+* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5297)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 10752)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9052)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line  9437)
+* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line  9440)
+* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 14355)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9056)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9059)
+* \write:                                \write.            (line 14199)
+* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 14373)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9062)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9065)
 * \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  7447)
-* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9025)
-* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3035)
-* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3343)
-* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  3572)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  4601)
-* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4846)
-* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3513)
-* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 13721)
-* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5024)
-* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  5725)
-* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line  9858)
-* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line  9879)
-* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  5763)
-* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3351)
+                                                            (line  7490)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9068)
+* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3078)
+* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  3386)
+* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  3615)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  4644)
+* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4889)
+* \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  3556)
+* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 13764)
+* \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5067)
+* \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  5768)
+* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line  9901)
+* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line  9922)
+* \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  5806)
+* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  3394)
 * \^:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12237)
-* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 12533)
+                                                            (line 12280)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 12576)
 * \_:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
-* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 12537)
-* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4873)
+                                                            (line 12273)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 12580)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  4916)
 * \{:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
-* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8136)
+                                                            (line 12273)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  8179)
 * \}:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12230)
+                                                            (line 12273)
 * \~:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12237)
-* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 12541)
+                                                            (line 12280)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 12584)
 * ^:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8061)
+                                                            (line  8104)
 * _:                                     Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8061)
-* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    \index.            (line 13305)
+                                                            (line  8104)
+* 'see' and 'see also' index entries:    \index.            (line 13348)
 * {...} for required arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   604)
-* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 10384)
+                                                            (line   538)
+* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 10427)
 * a4paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
+                                                            (line   686)
 * a5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
-* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  2900)
-* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  2900)
-* accents:                               Accents.           (line 12501)
-* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line  9357)
+                                                            (line   686)
+* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  2943)
+* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  2943)
+* accents:                               Accents.           (line 12544)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line  9400)
 * accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12300)
-* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 13541)
-* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 12522)
-* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9362)
+                                                            (line 12343)
+* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 13584)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 12565)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9405)
 * additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   838)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12643)
-* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  4786)
-* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  8050)
-* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  2995)
-* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3006)
-* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3187)
-* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3390)
-* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  5577)
-* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  8050)
-* amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.              (line  9164)
-* amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.    (line  9346)
+                                                            (line 12686)
+* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  4829)
+* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  8093)
+* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3038)
+* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3049)
+* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3230)
+* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  3433)
+* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  5620)
+* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  8093)
+* amsmath package <6>:                   Dots.              (line  9207)
+* amsmath package <7>:                   Math functions.    (line  9389)
 * amsmath package <8>:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9607)
+                                                            (line  9650)
 * amsmath package <9>:                   Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9635)
+                                                            (line  9678)
 * amsmath package <10>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9639)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  5577)
-* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 12702)
-* answers package:                       \write.            (line 14259)
-* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2472)
-* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2472)
-* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2495)
+                                                            (line  9682)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  5620)
+* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 12745)
+* answers package:                       \write.            (line 14302)
+* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  2515)
+* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  2515)
+* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  2538)
 * aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12639)
-* array (package) package:               array.             (line  3017)
-* array environment:                     array.             (line  2946)
-* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  2946)
-* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12446)
-* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12481)
-* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   710)
-* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 12407)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12372)
-* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12375)
-* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12378)
-* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4478)
-* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 10680)
-* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10912)
-* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 14337)
-* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7090)
-* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 10267)
-* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9858)
+                                                            (line 12682)
+* array (package) package:               array.             (line  3060)
+* array environment:                     array.             (line  2989)
+* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  2989)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12489)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12524)
+* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   644)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 12450)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12415)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12418)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12421)
+* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  4521)
+* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 10723)
+* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10955)
+* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 14380)
+* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7133)
+* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 10310)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9901)
 * auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   467)
 * b5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
-* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2235)
-* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5367)
-* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 12501)
-* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 12732)
+                                                            (line   686)
+* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2278)
+* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  5410)
+* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 12544)
+* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 12775)
 * babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13059)
-* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 13305)
-* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 11452)
-* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 12381)
-* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12387)
-* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12384)
-* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12529)
-* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9365)
-* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12544)
+                                                            (line 13102)
+* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 13348)
+* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 11495)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 12424)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12430)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12427)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12572)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9408)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12587)
 * basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   382)
-* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 14608)
-* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3221)
+* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 14651)
+* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3264)
 * bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
-                                                            (line   800)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5497)
-* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5320)
-* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5497)
-* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12390)
-* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  7580)
+                                                            (line   734)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  5540)
+* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  5363)
+* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  5540)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12433)
+* Big point:                             Units of length.   (line  7623)
 * bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6454)
+                                                            (line  6497)
 * black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   786)
-* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  9089)
+                                                            (line   720)
+* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line  9132)
 * bm package:                            \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9075)
-* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1344)
-* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1397)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3145)
+                                                            (line  9118)
+* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1387)
+* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1440)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3188)
 * boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9049)
-* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   710)
+                                                            (line  9092)
+* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   644)
 * book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
+                                                            (line  2548)
 * book, end matter:                      \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
+                                                            (line  2548)
 * book, front matter:                    \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
+                                                            (line  2548)
 * book, main matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  2505)
-* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2005)
-* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2006)
-* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10845)
-* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  6803)
-* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 11415)
-* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11099)
-* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 11205)
-* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 10836)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7580)
-* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12393)
-* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12396)
-* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  5746)
-* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6037)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line  9646)
-* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 12580)
-* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9368)
+                                                            (line  2548)
+* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2048)
+* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2049)
+* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10888)
+* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  6846)
+* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 11458)
+* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 11142)
+* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 11248)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 10879)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7623)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12436)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12439)
+* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  5789)
+* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6080)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line  9689)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 12623)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9411)
 * bug reporting:                         About this document.
                                                             (line   353)
-* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  3609)
-* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8231)
-* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12399)
-* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  3609)
-* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  9115)
-* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1347)
-* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 12407)
-* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 12584)
+* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  3652)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  8274)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12442)
+* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  3652)
+* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line  9158)
+* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1390)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 12450)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 12627)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  6641)
+                                                            (line  6684)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  6641)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7593)
-* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 13783)
-* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 12554)
-* center environment:                    center.            (line  3025)
-* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12378)
+                                                            (line  6684)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7636)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 13826)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 12597)
+* center environment:                    center.            (line  3068)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12421)
 * centered equations:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
-* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 12453)
-* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3073)
-* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3025)
-* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7584)
-* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2170)
+                                                            (line   724)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 12496)
+* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3116)
+* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3068)
+* Centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7627)
+* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2213)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  6641)
+                                                            (line  6684)
 * character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 12501)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 12544)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12255)
+                                                            (line 12298)
 * characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
+                                                            (line 12676)
 * characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12223)
+                                                            (line 12266)
 * characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12223)
-* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 12584)
-* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9371)
-* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  7593)
-* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12390)
-* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12402)
-* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 12533)
-* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9383)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12372)
-* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5382)
+                                                            (line 12266)
+* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 12627)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9414)
+* Cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  7636)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 12433)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12445)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 12576)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9426)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 12415)
+* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  5425)
 * class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   924)
+                                                            (line   858)
 * class and package difference:          Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   863)
+                                                            (line   797)
 * class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * class file example:                    Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   910)
+                                                            (line   844)
 * class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * class options:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   739)
+                                                            (line   673)
 * class options <1>:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * class options <2>:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
-* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   705)
-* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  2764)
-* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  2877)
-* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6335)
+                                                            (line   918)
+* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   639)
+* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  2807)
+* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  2920)
+* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6378)
 * clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   832)
-* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 13799)
-* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12362)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7584)
-* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  5624)
+                                                            (line   766)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 13842)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12405)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7627)
+* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1305)
+* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  5667)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9626)
-* color:                                 Color.             (line 11217)
-* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 11322)
-* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 11344)
-* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 11415)
-* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 11452)
-* color models:                          Color models.      (line 11270)
+                                                            (line  9669)
+* color:                                 Color.             (line 11260)
+* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 11365)
+* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 11387)
+* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 11458)
+* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 11495)
+* color models:                          Color models.      (line 11313)
 * color package commands:                Commands for color.
-                                                            (line 11317)
+                                                            (line 11360)
 * color package options:                 Color package options.
-                                                            (line 11232)
-* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 11322)
-* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 11415)
-* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 11452)
-* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 11344)
-* command line:                          Command line.      (line 14393)
+                                                            (line 11275)
+* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 11365)
+* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 11458)
+* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 11495)
+* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 11387)
+* command line:                          Command line.      (line 14436)
 * command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   604)
+                                                            (line   538)
 * commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   924)
+                                                            (line   858)
 * commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6475)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  6600)
+                                                            (line  6518)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  6643)
 * commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   854)
+                                                            (line   788)
 * commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 11761)
+                                                            (line 11804)
 * commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7161)
+                                                            (line  7204)
 * commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6475)
-* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 14330)
-* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  6679)
-* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12407)
-* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  5624)
+                                                            (line  6518)
+* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 14373)
+* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  6722)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12450)
+* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  5667)
 * configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
+                                                            (line 11617)
 * contents file:                         Output files.      (line   477)
-* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12319)
-* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7236)
-* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  6740)
-* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7346)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12362)
+* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  7279)
+* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  6783)
+* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  7389)
 * counters, printing:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  7264)
-* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7379)
-* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  5644)
-* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  5702)
-* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4224)
-* creating tables:                       table.             (line  4935)
-* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line  9872)
-* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  2732)
+                                                            (line  7307)
+* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  7422)
+* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  5687)
+* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  5745)
+* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4267)
+* creating tables:                       table.             (line  4978)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line  9915)
+* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  2775)
 * cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   467)
-* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  2830)
-* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  2854)
-* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   679)
-* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 12420)
-* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 12431)
-* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12417)
-* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12322)
-* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 12414)
-* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   693)
-* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 14072)
-* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line  9866)
-* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 12725)
-* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 12746)
-* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2009)
-* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2010)
-* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3017)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  7590)
-* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 11322)
+* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  2873)
+* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  2897)
+* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   613)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 12463)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 12474)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 12460)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 12365)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 12457)
+* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   627)
+* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 14115)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line  9909)
+* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 12768)
+* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 12789)
+* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2052)
+* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2053)
+* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3060)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  7633)
+* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 11365)
 * defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6475)
-* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6600)
+                                                            (line  6518)
+* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6643)
 * defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6831)
-* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7077)
-* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  6965)
-* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6470)
-* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 13474)
-* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 13478)
-* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 13482)
-* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 13486)
-* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 13490)
-* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 13629)
-* description environment:               description.       (line  3115)
-* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3115)
-* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7090)
-* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  7590)
-* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 12518)
+                                                            (line  6874)
+* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7120)
+* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7008)
+* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  6513)
+* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 13517)
+* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 13521)
+* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 13525)
+* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 13529)
+* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 13533)
+* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 13672)
+* description environment:               description.       (line  3158)
+* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3158)
+* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7133)
+* Didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  7633)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 12561)
 * difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   863)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line  9646)
-* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  5924)
-* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line  9758)
+                                                            (line   797)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line  9689)
+* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  5967)
+* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line  9801)
 * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4756)
+                                                            (line  4799)
 * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4756)
-* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3171)
-* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  7970)
+                                                            (line  4799)
+* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3214)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  8013)
 * document class commands:               Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   854)
+                                                            (line   788)
 * document class options:                Document class options.
-                                                            (line   739)
+                                                            (line   673)
 * document class, defined:               Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   419)
-* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   705)
-* document environment:                  document.          (line  3215)
+* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   639)
+* document environment:                  document.          (line  3258)
 * document templates:                    Document templates.
-                                                            (line 14601)
-* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 12420)
-* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 12525)
-* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9377)
-* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12525)
-* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12558)
-* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 12512)
-* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8383)
-* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 12512)
-* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8405)
-* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9133)
-* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12325)
-* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 12417)
-* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9374)
-* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12459)
-* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12359)
-* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 12475)
-* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12462)
+                                                            (line 14644)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 12463)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 12568)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9420)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 12568)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 12601)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 12555)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8426)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 12555)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  8448)
+* dots:                                  Dots.              (line  9176)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 12368)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 12460)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9417)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12502)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12402)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 12518)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12505)
 * double spacing:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1562)
-* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12387)
-* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  9089)
+                                                            (line  1605)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12430)
+* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line  9132)
 * draft option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
+                                                            (line   716)
 * dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   444)
 * dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   444)
 * dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   444)
-* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 12428)
-* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   559)
-* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9133)
-* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 12343)
-* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  7598)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7598)
-* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 12423)
-* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 12484)
-* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 12490)
-* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1328)
-* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 13812)
-* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3237)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 12471)
+* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   493)
+* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line  9176)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 12386)
+* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  7641)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7641)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 12466)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 12527)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 12533)
+* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1371)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 13855)
+* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3280)
 * ending and starting:                   Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   408)
-* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6142)
-* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3253)
-* enumitem package:                      list.              (line  3961)
+* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   486)
+* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6185)
+* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3296)
+* enumitem package:                      list.              (line  4004)
 * environment:                           Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   427)
-* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  2900)
-* environment, array:                    array.             (line  2946)
-* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3025)
-* environment, description:              description.       (line  3115)
-* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3171)
-* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3215)
-* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3253)
-* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3376)
-* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3396)
-* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3454)
-* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3454)
-* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3505)
-* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  3566)
-* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  3609)
-* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  3692)
-* environment, list:                     list.              (line  3697)
-* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4061)
-* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4073)
-* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4224)
-* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  4756)
-* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  4756)
-* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  4786)
-* environment, table:                    table.             (line  4935)
-* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  4995)
-* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5320)
-* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  5555)
-* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  6965)
-* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  5585)
-* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  5624)
-* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  5710)
-* environments:                          Environments.      (line  2883)
+* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  2943)
+* environment, array:                    array.             (line  2989)
+* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3068)
+* environment, description:              description.       (line  3158)
+* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3214)
+* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3258)
+* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3296)
+* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  3419)
+* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  3439)
+* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  3497)
+* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  3497)
+* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  3548)
+* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  3609)
+* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  3652)
+* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  3735)
+* environment, list:                     list.              (line  3740)
+* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4104)
+* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4116)
+* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4267)
+* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  4799)
+* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  4799)
+* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  4829)
+* environment, table:                    table.             (line  4978)
+* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5038)
+* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  5363)
+* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  5598)
+* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7008)
+* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  5628)
+* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  5667)
+* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  5753)
+* environments:                          Environments.      (line  2926)
 * environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6831)
-* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 13886)
+                                                            (line  6874)
+* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 13929)
 * EPS files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* EPS files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
-* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3376)
-* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2854)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* EPS files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
+* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  3419)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2897)
 * equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   796)
-* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3355)
-* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3376)
+                                                            (line   730)
+* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  3398)
+* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  3419)
 * equations, flush left vs. centered:    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
+                                                            (line   724)
 * es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12679)
-* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   559)
+                                                            (line 12722)
+* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   493)
 * eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12647)
+                                                            (line 12690)
 * etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1028)
-* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 12431)
-* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 12431)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  7598)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7598)
-* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 12437)
+                                                            (line   962)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 12474)
+* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 12474)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  7641)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  7641)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 12480)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
+                                                            (line   686)
 * exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8061)
+                                                            (line  8104)
 * extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
-* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 14330)
-* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3454)
+                                                            (line 12676)
+* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 14373)
+* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  3497)
 * families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1465)
-* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line  9815)
-* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line  9957)
-* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5655)
-* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 12450)
-* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3396)
-* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  2854)
-* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4174)
-* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3396)
+                                                            (line  1508)
+* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line  9858)
+* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 10000)
+* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5698)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 12493)
+* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  3439)
+* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  2897)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4217)
+* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  3439)
 * file, closing:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
+                                                            (line 14027)
 * file, opening:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 14048)
+                                                            (line 14027)
+* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 14091)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12760)
-* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3454)
-* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3454)
+                                                            (line 12803)
+* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  3497)
+* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  3497)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
+                                                            (line   716)
 * first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
                                                             (line   365)
-* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1365)
-* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  1957)
+* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1408)
+* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  2000)
 * fleqn option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
-* float package:                         Floats.            (line  1927)
-* float page:                            Floats.            (line  1933)
+                                                            (line   716)
+* float package:                         Floats.            (line  1970)
+* float page:                            Floats.            (line  1976)
 * flush left equations:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
+                                                            (line   724)
 * flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6068)
-* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3505)
-* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  3566)
+                                                            (line  6111)
+* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  3548)
+* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  3609)
 * font catalogue:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1465)
+                                                            (line  1508)
 * font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1450)
-* Font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line   486)
+                                                            (line  1493)
+* Font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1242)
 * font size:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1545)
-* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1415)
-* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1275)
+                                                            (line  1588)
+* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1458)
+* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1318)
 * font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 12300)
-* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line   486)
-* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1269)
-* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7077)
-* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  9115)
-* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9950)
+                                                            (line 12343)
+* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1242)
+* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1203)
+* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7120)
+* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line  9158)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9993)
 * footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
-* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2854)
-* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6255)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  2897)
+* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  6298)
 * footnote, in a table:                  Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  6384)
+                                                            (line  6427)
 * footnote, in section headings:         Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6365)
+                                                            (line  6408)
 * footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6454)
-* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4174)
-* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6208)
-* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6283)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6245)
-* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3376)
-* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  2753)
+                                                            (line  6497)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4217)
+* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6251)
+* Footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  6326)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  6288)
+* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  3419)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  2796)
 * forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   467)
-* fraction:                              \frac.             (line  9662)
-* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7109)
-* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 10967)
-* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 10967)
-* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 10972)
-* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9241)
+* fraction:                              \frac.             (line  9705)
+* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7152)
+* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 11010)
+* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 11010)
+* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 11015)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line  9284)
 * geometry package:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
+                                                            (line   707)
 * geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   777)
+                                                            (line   711)
 * global options:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   739)
+                                                            (line   673)
 * global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   847)
-* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 13541)
-* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 13541)
-* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13589)
-* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 13648)
-* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6781)
-* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 11473)
+                                                            (line   781)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 13584)
+* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 13584)
+* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 13632)
+* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 13691)
+* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6824)
+* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 11516)
 * graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
-* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 11473)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
+* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 11516)
 * graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
 * graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 11761)
+                                                            (line 11804)
 * graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 11510)
-* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4478)
-* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 12188)
-* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 12188)
-* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 12537)
-* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9380)
-* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12440)
-* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8124)
-* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line  9188)
-* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  2895)
-* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 13421)
-* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9371)
-* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 12584)
-* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 12697)
-* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 12533)
-* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line  9383)
-* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9950)
+                                                            (line 11553)
+* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  4521)
+* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 12231)
+* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 12231)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 12580)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9423)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 12483)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  8167)
+* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line  9231)
+* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  2938)
+* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 13464)
+* ha'c<ek accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9414)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 12627)
+* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 12740)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 12576)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line  9426)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line  9993)
 * header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
+                                                            (line  1791)
 * hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   408)
-* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  1927)
+* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  1970)
 * home page for manual:                  About this document.
                                                             (line   330)
-* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 10180)
-* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 10180)
+* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 10223)
+* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 10223)
 * horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 12562)
-* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6335)
-* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6344)
-* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9931)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 12605)
+* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  6378)
+* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  6387)
+* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9974)
 * hyperref package <3>:                  Command line input.
-                                                            (line 14522)
-* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  5988)
-* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  5924)
-* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  5889)
-* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10845)
+                                                            (line 14565)
+* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6031)
+* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  5967)
+* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  5932)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10888)
 * Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12647)
+                                                            (line 12690)
 * Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12683)
-* idx file:                              \index.            (line 13355)
+                                                            (line 12726)
+* idx file:                              \index.            (line 13398)
 * ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12659)
-* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
-* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  7577)
-* in-line formulas:                      math.              (line  4061)
-* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  7577)
-* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
+                                                            (line 12702)
+* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   486)
+* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
+* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  7620)
+* in-line formulas:                      math.              (line  4104)
+* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  7620)
+* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7842)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4170)
-* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2160)
-* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2222)
-* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2317)
-* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2383)
+                                                            (line  7885)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4213)
+* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2203)
+* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2265)
+* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2360)
+* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2426)
 * indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2460)
+                                                            (line  2503)
 * indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7884)
-* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 13502)
-* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 13498)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 13305)
-* index entry:                           \index.            (line 13255)
-* index package:                         \index.            (line 13350)
-* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 13289)
-* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 13526)
-* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 13370)
-* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 13382)
-* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 13219)
-* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 10147)
-* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 10760)
-* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9776)
+                                                            (line  7927)
+* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 13545)
+* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 13541)
+* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 13348)
+* index entry:                           \index.            (line 13298)
+* index package:                         \index.            (line 13393)
+* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 13332)
+* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 13569)
+* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 13413)
+* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 13425)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 13262)
+* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 10190)
+* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 10803)
+* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9819)
 * input file:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12756)
+                                                            (line 12799)
 * input, on command line:                Command line input.
-                                                            (line 14518)
-* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 13975)
-* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 13975)
-* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3396)
+                                                            (line 14561)
+* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 14018)
+* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 14018)
+* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  3439)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 12217)
-* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line  9767)
+                                                            (line 12260)
+* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line  9810)
 * invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 10464)
-* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1350)
-* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  3609)
-* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 13445)
-* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 13454)
-* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 13448)
-* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 13464)
-* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 13451)
-* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 13458)
-* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 13468)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 10507)
+* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1393)
+* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  3652)
+* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 13488)
+* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 13497)
+* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 13491)
+* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 13507)
+* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 13494)
+* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 13501)
+* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 13511)
 * JPEG files:                            Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* JPEG files <1>:                        \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* JPEG files <1>:                        \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
 * JPG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* JPG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
-* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  3584)
-* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3533)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* JPG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
+* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  3627)
+* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  3576)
 * Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   382)
-* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  2732)
-* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3115)
+* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  2775)
+* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3158)
 * Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   400)
 * Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   382)
 * landscape option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
+                                                            (line   716)
 * landscape orientation:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   793)
+                                                            (line   727)
 * latex command:                         Output files.      (line   444)
-* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 12328)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 12371)
 * LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   382)
 * LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
                                                             (line   349)
@@ -16582,773 +16625,774 @@
                                                             (line   345)
 * latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
                                                             (line   362)
-* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 12331)
+* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 12374)
 * <latexrefman at tug.org> email address:   About this document.
                                                             (line   349)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
-* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  1592)
+                                                            (line 12676)
+* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  1635)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
-* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12446)
-* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12393)
-* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 12347)
-* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 12459)
-* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 12465)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12489)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12436)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 12390)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 12502)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 12508)
 * left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
-                                                            (line   796)
-* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3533)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3505)
-* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line  9745)
+                                                            (line   730)
+* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  3576)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  3548)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line  9788)
 * legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
-* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  7644)
-* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  6781)
-* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7466)
-* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  7616)
+                                                            (line   686)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  7687)
+* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  6824)
+* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  7509)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  7659)
 * leqno option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
-* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12443)
-* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 13428)
-* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 13437)
-* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 13441)
-* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   710)
-* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  3692)
+                                                            (line   716)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12486)
+* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 13471)
+* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 13480)
+* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 13484)
+* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   644)
+* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  3735)
 * letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   752)
-* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 12501)
+                                                            (line   686)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 12544)
 * letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
-* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 13799)
-* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 13904)
-* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 13678)
-* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  5763)
-* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  5746)
-* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5947)
+                                                            (line 12676)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 13842)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 13947)
+* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 13721)
+* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  5806)
+* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  5789)
+* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  5990)
 * line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6006)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line  9646)
+                                                            (line  6049)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line  9689)
 * line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6006)
-* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  4995)
-* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 13494)
-* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  4995)
-* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  4786)
-* list environment:                      list.              (line  3697)
-* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7320)
+                                                            (line  6049)
+* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5038)
+* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 13537)
+* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5038)
+* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  4829)
+* list environment:                      list.              (line  3740)
+* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  7363)
 * list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   477)
 * list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   477)
-* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5649)
-* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  5699)
-* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  3609)
-* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  3697)
-* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3253)
-* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line   529)
+* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  5692)
+* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  5742)
+* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  3652)
+* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  3740)
+* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3296)
+* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1305)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   838)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * log file:                              Output files.      (line   462)
-* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 12328)
-* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 12331)
-* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 12369)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 12371)
+* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 12374)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 12412)
 * long command:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   941)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 12359)
+                                                            (line   875)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 12402)
 * low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1450)
+                                                            (line  1493)
 * lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12255)
-* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4321)
-* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line  9745)
-* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 11177)
+                                                            (line 12298)
+* LR box:                                picture.           (line  4364)
+* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line  9788)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 11220)
 * lshort document:                       About this document.
                                                             (line   373)
-* ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.  (line 14732)
-* lualatex command:                      TeX engines.       (line   576)
-* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   576)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  7598)
+* ltugboat class:                        tugboat template.  (line 14775)
+* lualatex command:                      TeX engines.       (line   510)
+* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   510)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  7641)
 * macro package, LaTeX as:               Overview.          (line   387)
-* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 12529)
-* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9365)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 12572)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9408)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  6665)
-* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3320)
-* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10845)
-* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 13370)
-* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 13370)
-* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 13382)
-* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  5585)
-* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  7745)
-* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  7921)
-* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 12450)
-* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line  9357)
-* math environment:                      math.              (line  4061)
-* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  7970)
-* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9241)
-* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line  9620)
-* math mode:                             Modes.             (line  9755)
-* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  7970)
+                                                            (line  6708)
+* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3363)
+* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10888)
+* makeindex:                             makeindex.         (line 13413)
+* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 13413)
+* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 13425)
+* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  5628)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  7788)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  7964)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 12493)
+* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line  9400)
+* math environment:                      math.              (line  4104)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  8013)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line  9284)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line  9663)
+* math mode:                             Modes.             (line  9798)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  8013)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9451)
+                                                            (line  9494)
 * math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line  9508)
-* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8124)
-* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1397)
-* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  8050)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line  9551)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  8167)
+* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1440)
+* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  8093)
 * mathtools package <1>:                 Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9445)
-* mathtools package <2>:                 \smash.            (line  9563)
+                                                            (line  9488)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \smash.            (line  9606)
 * mathtools package <3>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9599)
-* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4478)
+                                                            (line  9642)
+* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  4521)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12294)
+                                                            (line 12337)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8117)
-* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7587)
-* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4073)
-* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4073)
-* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  5649)
-* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  5699)
-* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   693)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7587)
-* modes:                                 Modes.             (line  9735)
-* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1365)
-* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7122)
-* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6283)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  7609)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  7609)
-* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1609)
-* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 12501)
-* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 13245)
-* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line  9646)
-* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13626)
-* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 10384)
+                                                            (line  8160)
+* Millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  7630)
+* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4116)
+* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4116)
+* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  5692)
+* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  5742)
+* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   627)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  7630)
+* modes:                                 Modes.             (line  9778)
+* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1408)
+* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7165)
+* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  6326)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  7652)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  7652)
+* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  1652)
+* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 12544)
+* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 13288)
+* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line  9689)
+* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13669)
+* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 10427)
 * nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 12928)
+                                                            (line 12971)
 * new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   854)
+                                                            (line   788)
 * new command, check:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   939)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * new command, definition:               Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1014)
+                                                            (line   948)
 * new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6475)
-* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6600)
+                                                            (line  6518)
+* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  6643)
 * new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  5825)
-* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  5763)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  5865)
-* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6109)
+                                                            (line  5868)
+* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  5806)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  5908)
+* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6152)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
-* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7921)
+                                                            (line 12676)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  7964)
 * notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
-* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7320)
-* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1362)
+                                                            (line   716)
+* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  7363)
+* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1405)
 * oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12675)
-* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 12566)
-* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  1597)
+                                                            (line 12718)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 12609)
+* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  1640)
 * onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   745)
 * oneside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   745)
 * open a file:                           \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 13984)
+                                                            (line 14027)
 * openany option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   745)
 * openbib option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
-* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12347)
+                                                            (line   716)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 12390)
 * openright option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
-* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   552)
+                                                            (line   745)
+* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   486)
 * options, class:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
+                                                            (line   918)
 * options, color package:                Color package options.
-                                                            (line 11232)
+                                                            (line 11275)
 * options, command line:                 Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14435)
+                                                            (line 14478)
 * options, document class:               Document class options.
-                                                            (line   739)
+                                                            (line   673)
 * options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * options, global:                       Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   847)
+                                                            (line   781)
 * options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 11510)
+                                                            (line 11553)
 * options, package:                      Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 12450)
+                                                            (line   918)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 12493)
 * oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12671)
-* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line   486)
-* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9776)
-* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 12529)
-* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9377)
+                                                            (line 12714)
+* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1242)
+* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line  9819)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 12572)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line  9420)
 * overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9406)
+                                                            (line  9449)
 * overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   382)
 * package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * package options:                       Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   877)
+                                                            (line   811)
 * package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   984)
-* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  8050)
-* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  2995)
-* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3006)
-* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3187)
-* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3390)
-* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  5577)
-* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8050)
-* package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.              (line  9164)
-* package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.    (line  9346)
+                                                            (line   918)
+* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  8093)
+* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3038)
+* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3049)
+* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3230)
+* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  3433)
+* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  5620)
+* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8093)
+* package, amsmath <6>:                  Dots.              (line  9207)
+* package, amsmath <7>:                  Math functions.    (line  9389)
 * package, amsmath <8>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9607)
+                                                            (line  9650)
 * package, amsmath <9>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9635)
+                                                            (line  9678)
 * package, amsmath <10>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line  9639)
-* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  5577)
-* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 12702)
-* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 14259)
-* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2495)
-* package, array (package):              array.             (line  3017)
-* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4478)
-* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 10680)
-* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10912)
-* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 14337)
-* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2235)
-* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5367)
-* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 12501)
-* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 12732)
+                                                            (line  9682)
+* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  5620)
+* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 12745)
+* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 14302)
+* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  2538)
+* package, array (package):              array.             (line  3060)
+* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  4521)
+* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 10723)
+* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10955)
+* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 14380)
+* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2278)
+* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  5410)
+* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 12544)
+* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 12775)
 * package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13059)
-* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 13305)
+                                                            (line 13102)
+* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 13348)
 * package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  6454)
+                                                            (line  6497)
 * package, bm:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9075)
-* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  2764)
-* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  2877)
-* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6335)
-* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  5644)
-* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  5702)
-* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 14072)
-* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 12746)
-* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3017)
-* package, enumitem:                     list.              (line  3961)
-* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 13886)
+                                                            (line  9118)
+* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  2807)
+* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  2920)
+* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6378)
+* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1305)
+* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  5687)
+* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  5745)
+* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 14115)
+* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 12789)
+* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3060)
+* package, enumitem:                     list.              (line  4004)
+* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 13929)
 * package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1028)
-* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 12431)
-* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line  9815)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line  9957)
-* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5655)
-* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  1957)
-* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  1927)
+                                                            (line   962)
+* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 12474)
+* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line  9858)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 10000)
+* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5698)
+* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2000)
+* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  1970)
 * package, geometry:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   773)
+                                                            (line   707)
 * package, geometry <1>:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   777)
-* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6335)
-* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6344)
-* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line  9931)
+                                                            (line   711)
+* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  6378)
+* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  6387)
+* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line  9974)
 * package, hyperref <3>:                 Command line input.
-                                                            (line 14522)
-* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2160)
-* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2222)
-* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2317)
-* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2383)
+                                                            (line 14565)
+* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2203)
+* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2265)
+* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2360)
+* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2426)
 * package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2460)
+                                                            (line  2503)
 * package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  7884)
-* package, index:                        \index.            (line 13350)
-* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5649)
-* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  5699)
-* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line   529)
+                                                            (line  7927)
+* package, index:                        \index.            (line 13393)
+* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  5692)
+* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  5742)
+* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1305)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  6665)
-* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  8050)
+                                                            (line  6708)
+* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  8093)
 * package, mathtools <1>:                Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9445)
-* package, mathtools <2>:                \smash.            (line  9563)
+                                                            (line  9488)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \smash.            (line  9606)
 * package, mathtools <3>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9599)
-* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4478)
+                                                            (line  9642)
+* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  4521)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12294)
+                                                            (line 12337)
 * package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8117)
-* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  4926)
-* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  5649)
-* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  5699)
-* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 13245)
-* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4478)
-* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 12501)
-* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 12732)
+                                                            (line  8160)
+* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  4969)
+* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  5692)
+* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  5742)
+* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 13288)
+* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  4521)
+* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 12544)
+* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 12775)
 * package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13059)
-* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 13305)
-* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4478)
+                                                            (line 13102)
+* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 13348)
+* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  4521)
 * package, sagetex:                      Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14491)
+                                                            (line 14534)
 * package, setspace:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1562)
-* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 13245)
-* package, siunitx:                      ~.                 (line 10410)
-* package, symbols:                      Math symbols.      (line  8124)
+                                                            (line  1605)
+* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 13288)
+* package, siunitx:                      ~.                 (line 10453)
+* package, symbols:                      Math symbols.      (line  8167)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12291)
-* package, textcomp:                     Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4478)
-* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 10680)
-* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10911)
-* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2085)
-* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2164)
-* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2243)
-* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2321)
-* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2387)
+                                                            (line 12334)
+* package, textcomp:                     Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  4521)
+* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 10723)
+* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10954)
+* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2128)
+* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2207)
+* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2286)
+* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2364)
+* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2430)
 * package, titlesec <5>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2464)
+                                                            (line  2507)
 * package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13070)
+                                                            (line 13113)
 * package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13070)
+                                                            (line 13113)
 * package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9415)
-* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line  9229)
-* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  5695)
-* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  5655)
+                                                            (line  9458)
+* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line  9272)
+* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  5738)
+* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  5698)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   838)
+                                                            (line   772)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6167)
+                                                            (line  6210)
 * page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6167)
-* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6037)
+                                                            (line  6210)
+* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6080)
 * page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
-* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  2830)
-* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9892)
-* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 10034)
-* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line  9809)
-* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 11452)
-* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 13507)
-* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9674)
-* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2031)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  2873)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line  9935)
+* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 10077)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line  9852)
+* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 11495)
+* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 13550)
+* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line  9717)
+* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2074)
 * paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
+                                                            (line  2448)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7891)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4170)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  4756)
+                                                            (line  7934)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4213)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  4799)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4756)
-* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line  9741)
-* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 11001)
-* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12351)
-* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  7789)
-* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 11001)
-* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  7745)
-* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6255)
+                                                            (line  4799)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line  9784)
+* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 11044)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12394)
+* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  7832)
+* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 11044)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  7788)
+* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  6298)
 * parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
-* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2116)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7574)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2159)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  7617)
 * PDF graphic files:                     Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* PDF graphic files <1>:                 \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* PDF graphic files <1>:                 \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
 * pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   454)
 * pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   454)
-* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   559)
-* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 10267)
-* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12453)
-* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 10267)
-* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 10267)
-* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  7574)
-* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4478)
-* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4478)
-* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4224)
-* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4224)
-* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 12351)
-* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  1906)
-* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13634)
+* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   493)
+* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 10310)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 12496)
+* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 10310)
+* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 10310)
+* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  7617)
+* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  4521)
+* pict2e package <1>:                    \line.             (line  4521)
+* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4267)
+* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4267)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 12394)
+* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  1949)
+* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13677)
 * PNG files:                             Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 11574)
-* PNG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11767)
-* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  5710)
-* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  7570)
+                                                            (line 11617)
+* PNG files <1>:                         \includegraphics.  (line 11810)
+* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  5753)
+* Point:                                 Units of length.   (line  7613)
 * polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12663)
-* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 12501)
-* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 12732)
+                                                            (line 12706)
+* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 12544)
+* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 12775)
 * polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13059)
-* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 13305)
+                                                            (line 13102)
+* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 13348)
 * portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   793)
-* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4295)
+                                                            (line   727)
+* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4338)
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6521)
-* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 13418)
-* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 13916)
-* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 12355)
-* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 13414)
+                                                            (line  6564)
+* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 13461)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 13959)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 12398)
+* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 13457)
 * preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   424)
 * prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 14581)
+                                                            (line 14624)
 * pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   400)
-* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4478)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  7570)
+* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  4521)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  7613)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9496)
-* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 12456)
-* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  4756)
-* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  4756)
-* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12471)
-* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12475)
+                                                            (line  9539)
+* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 12499)
+* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  4799)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  4799)
+* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12514)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12518)
 * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4756)
+                                                            (line  4799)
 * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  4756)
-* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line  9709)
-* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  3584)
-* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  3566)
-* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3533)
-* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3505)
-* read a file:                           \read.             (line 14048)
+                                                            (line  4799)
+* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line  9752)
+* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  3627)
+* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  3609)
+* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  3576)
+* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  3548)
+* read a file:                           \read.             (line 14091)
 * redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  6831)
-* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  2753)
+                                                            (line  6874)
+* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  2796)
 * references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   467)
-* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 12478)
-* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line  9725)
-* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  7921)
-* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   710)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 12521)
+* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line  9768)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  7964)
+* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   644)
 * reporting bugs:                        About this document.
                                                             (line   353)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12223)
-* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 12188)
-* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12481)
-* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12396)
-* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 12362)
-* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 12462)
-* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 12468)
+                                                            (line 12266)
+* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 12231)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12524)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 12439)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 12405)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 12505)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 12511)
 * right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   796)
-* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  3584)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  3566)
-* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 12570)
-* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line  9386)
-* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7109)
-* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1353)
+                                                            (line   730)
+* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  3627)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  3609)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 12613)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line  9429)
+* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7152)
+* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1396)
 * root file:                             Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12760)
-* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9709)
-* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 12089)
-* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 12089)
-* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 12089)
-* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  4826)
-* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  6781)
+                                                            (line 12803)
+* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line  9752)
+* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 12132)
+* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 12132)
+* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 12132)
+* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  4869)
+* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  6824)
 * running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1748)
-* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line  9950)
+                                                            (line  1791)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line  9993)
 * sagetex package:                       Command line options.
-                                                            (line 14491)
-* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1359)
-* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  7596)
-* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 12188)
-* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  9115)
-* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1347)
-* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2093)
-* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2094)
-* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2263)
-* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  2854)
-* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2094)
-* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 12366)
-* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2533)
-* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2116)
+                                                            (line 14534)
+* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1402)
+* Scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  7639)
+* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 12231)
+* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line  9158)
+* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1390)
+* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2136)
+* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2137)
+* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2306)
+* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  2897)
+* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2137)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 12409)
+* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  2576)
+* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2159)
 * series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1492)
+                                                            (line  1535)
 * setspace package:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1562)
-* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7379)
+                                                            (line  1605)
+* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  7422)
 * shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1532)
+                                                            (line  1575)
 * sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12679)
-* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 13245)
-* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  5624)
-* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12337)
-* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12465)
-* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12359)
-* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12471)
-* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12468)
-* siunitx package:                       ~.                 (line 10410)
-* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1415)
-* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6781)
-* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1362)
-* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   710)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  5960)
-* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  5960)
-* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1356)
-* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13638)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7596)
-* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 10384)
-* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 10180)
-* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 10789)
+                                                            (line 12722)
+* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 13288)
+* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  5667)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 12380)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 12508)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 12402)
+* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 12514)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 12511)
+* siunitx package:                       ~.                 (line 10453)
+* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1458)
+* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  6824)
+* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1405)
+* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   644)
+* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  6003)
+* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6003)
+* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1399)
+* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 13681)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  7639)
+* space, hard:                           ~.                 (line 10427)
+* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 10223)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 10832)
 * space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
+                                                            (line 10483)
 * space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
-* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 10384)
-* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 10709)
-* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 10062)
+                                                            (line 10483)
+* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 10427)
+* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 10752)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 10105)
 * spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7161)
+                                                            (line  7204)
 * spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9451)
-* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 10313)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 10333)
+                                                            (line  9494)
+* spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing.    (line 10356)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 10376)
 * spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 12450)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 12493)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 12223)
+                                                            (line 12266)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12633)
+                                                            (line 12676)
 * special insertions:                    Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 12217)
-* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  1906)
+                                                            (line 12260)
+* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  1949)
 * splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 12756)
-* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line  9709)
-* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line  9725)
-* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  6679)
+                                                            (line 12799)
+* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line  9752)
+* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line  9768)
+* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  6722)
 * starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  6494)
-* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6109)
+                                                            (line  6537)
+* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6152)
 * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6068)
+                                                            (line  6111)
 * starting and ending:                   Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   408)
 * starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6068)
-* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 12355)
-* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 12475)
-* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12475)
-* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 12471)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 10147)
-* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 10760)
-* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  1737)
-* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 10624)
-* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1275)
-* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line  9809)
-* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2031)
+                                                            (line  6111)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 12398)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 12518)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 12518)
+* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 12514)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 10190)
+* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 10803)
+* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  1780)
+* strut:                                 \strut.            (line 10667)
+* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1318)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line  9852)
+* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2074)
 * subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
+                                                            (line  2448)
 * subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8061)
-* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2031)
-* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2341)
+                                                            (line  8104)
+* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2074)
+* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2384)
 * subsubsection:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2405)
+                                                            (line  2448)
 * superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  8061)
-* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13642)
-* symbols package:                       Math symbols.      (line  8124)
+                                                            (line  8104)
+* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 13685)
+* symbols package:                       Math symbols.      (line  8167)
 * symbols, boldface:                     \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9049)
-* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8124)
-* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 12312)
-* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line   486)
-* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  4786)
-* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  4786)
-* table environment:                     table.             (line  4935)
+                                                            (line  9092)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  8167)
+* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 12355)
+* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1242)
+* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  4829)
+* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  4829)
+* table environment:                     table.             (line  4978)
 * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
-                                                            (line 13079)
+                                                            (line 13122)
 * table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   477)
 * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  6365)
+                                                            (line  6408)
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 12985)
+                                                            (line 13028)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
-                                                            (line  2105)
-* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  4935)
-* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  4995)
-* template, article:                     article template.  (line 14639)
-* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 14608)
-* template, book:                        book template.     (line 14659)
+                                                            (line  2148)
+* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  4978)
+* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5038)
+* template, article:                     article template.  (line 14682)
+* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 14651)
+* template, book:                        book template.     (line 14702)
 * template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
-                                                            (line 14682)
-* template, TUGboat:                     tugboat template.  (line 14732)
+                                                            (line 14725)
+* template, TUGboat:                     tugboat template.  (line 14775)
 * templates, document:                   Document templates.
-                                                            (line 14601)
-* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 13975)
-* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 12369)
-* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 12312)
-* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 12188)
-* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 12157)
-* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 12188)
+                                                            (line 14644)
+* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 14018)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 12412)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 12355)
+* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 12231)
+* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 12200)
+* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 12231)
 * textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12291)
-* textcomp package:                      Font styles.       (line  1401)
-* textcomp package <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 12312)
-* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9872)
-* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5320)
-* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  5555)
-* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  6965)
-* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  6965)
-* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  5555)
+                                                            (line 12334)
+* textcomp package:                      Font styles.       (line  1444)
+* textcomp package <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 12355)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line  9915)
+* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  5363)
+* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  5598)
+* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7008)
+* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7008)
+* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  5598)
 * thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9477)
+                                                            (line  9520)
 * thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
+                                                            (line 10483)
 * thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line  9491)
+                                                            (line  9534)
 * thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 10440)
+                                                            (line 10483)
 * thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 12683)
-* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 12484)
-* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 10384)
-* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 12576)
-* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4478)
-* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 10680)
-* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10911)
-* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 12541)
-* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9389)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12375)
+                                                            (line 12726)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 12527)
+* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 10427)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 12619)
+* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  4521)
+* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 10723)
+* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 10954)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 12584)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line  9432)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12418)
 * title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   804)
-* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  5585)
-* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line  9879)
-* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  5585)
+                                                            (line   738)
+* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  5628)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line  9922)
+* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  5628)
 * titlepage option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   782)
-* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line  9821)
-* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2085)
-* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2164)
-* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2243)
-* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2321)
-* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2387)
+                                                            (line   716)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line  9864)
+* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2128)
+* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2207)
+* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2286)
+* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2364)
+* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2430)
 * titlesec package <5>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  2464)
+                                                            (line  2507)
 * tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13070)
-* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2104)
-* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2105)
+                                                            (line 13113)
+* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2147)
+* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2148)
 * tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 13070)
-* today's date:                          \today.            (line 12725)
-* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 12697)
+                                                            (line 13113)
+* today's date:                          \today.            (line 12768)
+* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 12740)
 * topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  1867)
-* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2013)
-* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2014)
-* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2017)
-* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2018)
-* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12487)
+                                                            (line  1910)
+* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2056)
+* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2057)
+* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2060)
+* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2061)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 12530)
 * transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   462)
-* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* TUGboat template:                      tugboat template.  (line 14732)
-* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  1609)
-* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 12490)
+* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   486)
+* TUGboat template:                      tugboat template.  (line 14775)
+* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  1652)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 12533)
 * twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   745)
 * twoside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
-* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1275)
-* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  5624)
-* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1415)
-* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1269)
-* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1365)
-* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3145)
+                                                            (line   745)
+* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1318)
+* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  5667)
+* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1458)
+* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1203)
+* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1408)
+* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3188)
 * ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9415)
-* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 12518)
-* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 12546)
+                                                            (line  9458)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 12561)
+* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 12589)
 * underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line  9406)
-* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12493)
-* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line  9229)
-* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  7566)
+                                                            (line  9449)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 12536)
+* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   486)
+* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line  9272)
+* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  7609)
 * unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
                                                             (line   349)
-* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  3609)
+* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  3652)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 12255)
-* url package:                           \verb.             (line  5695)
-* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5497)
+                                                            (line 12298)
+* url package:                           \verb.             (line  5738)
+* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  5540)
 * usrguide official documentation:       About this document.
                                                             (line   368)
-* UTF-8:                                 fontenc package.   (line   486)
-* UTF-8 <1>:                             TeX engines.       (line   552)
-* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7236)
-* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9392)
-* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  5624)
-* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  5624)
-* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  5663)
-* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  5655)
-* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  5710)
-* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12387)
-* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12384)
-* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line  9763)
-* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 10709)
-* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 10789)
+* UTF-8:                                 TeX engines.       (line   486)
+* UTF-8 <1>:                             fontenc package.   (line  1242)
+* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  7279)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line  9435)
+* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  5667)
+* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  5667)
+* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  5706)
+* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  5698)
+* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  5753)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12430)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 12427)
+* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line  9806)
+* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 10752)
+* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 10832)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  7891)
+                                                            (line  7934)
 * vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line  9569)
-* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line  9508)
-* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  5688)
-* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12496)
+                                                            (line  9612)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line  9551)
+* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  5731)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 12539)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1502)
-* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 10062)
-* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9395)
-* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9398)
+                                                            (line  1545)
+* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 10105)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line  9438)
+* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line  9441)
 * widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1514)
-* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3454)
-* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 13678)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  7598)
+                                                            (line  1557)
+* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  3497)
+* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 13721)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  7641)
 * xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   444)
-* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   585)
-* xelatex command:                       TeX engines.       (line   585)
-* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   585)
-* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 13517)
-* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 13517)
+* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   519)
+* xelatex command:                       TeX engines.       (line   519)
+* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   519)
+* xindy:                                 makeindex.         (line 13560)
+* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 13560)
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml	2018-10-27 21:11:03 UTC (rev 723)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml	2018-11-02 16:23:43 UTC (rev 724)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 <texinfo xml:lang="en">
 <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
 <preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 722 2018-10-25 15:22:02Z jimhefferon $ -->
+</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 723 2018-10-27 21:11:03Z jimhefferon $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2018">October 2018</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED November 2018">November 2018</set>
 <!-- c $Id: common.texi 701 2018-10-08 14:32:37Z jimhefferon $ -->
 <!-- c Public domain. -->
 <set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman">https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</set>
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 </macro>
         
 
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2018)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (November 2018)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
 
 <copying endspaces=" ">
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2018.
+document preparation system, version of November 2018.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 
 <titlepage endspaces=" ">
 <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2018</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">November 2018</subtitle>
 <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman</urefurl></url></author>
 <page></page>
 <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
 <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+November 2018) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -414,109 +414,17 @@
 contents etc.</xrefnodename></pxref>).  A particular class may create others; the list is
 open-ended.
 </para>
-<menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::     ">fontenc package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Encoding of the output.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
-
-<node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Output files</nodeup></node>
-<subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><file>fontenc</file> package</sectiontitle>
-
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="32">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="33">UTF-8</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">T1</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="35">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="19" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
-
-<para>Synopsis:
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>Specify the encoding used for the output.  The encoding is the mapping
-of character codes to glyphs in the fonts that are used to typeset your
-output. Only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine.
-</para>
-<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s original font, Computer Modern, has a very limited character
-set. To make common accented characters you must use <code>\accent</code>
-(<pxref label="_005caccent"><xrefnodename>\accent</xrefnodename></pxref>), which disables hyphenation.  &tex; users have agreed
-on a number of standards to access the larger sets of characters
-provided by modern fonts.  If you are using <command>pdflatex</command> then this
-in the preamble
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Encoding of input .tex file
-\usepackage{lmodern}  % Extends default Computer Modern
-</pre></example>
-
-<noindent></noindent>
-<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
-French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, it allows
-&latex; to correctly hyphenate words with those accented letters, and
-also allows the output to be copy-and-pasteable.  (The second line
-allows you to enter the accented characters encoded as UTF-8 and the
-third line loads a font that looks like &latex;&textrsquo;s default but contains
-the accented characters.)
-</para>
-<para>These are the common font encodings.
-</para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OT1</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;.  Limited to mostly English characters.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">T1</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>&tex; text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
-Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
-accented characters.
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">T2A, T2B, T2C, and X2</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>For Cyrillic.
-</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
-
-<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
-encoding if you are using a font that requires it.
-</para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="36"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="37"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
-
-<para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
-blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts are bitmapped, sometimes
-called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use the
-<file>lmodern</file> package, as shown above (you may need to download the
-package with your system&textrsquo;s installer).  It gives you a font that extends
-&latex;&textrsquo;s default using vector methods.
-</para>
-<para>The <command>xelatex</command> and <command>lualatex</command> engines offer advantages
-over <command>pdflatex</command> (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you use either of
-these two then do not use <code>fontenc</code>.  If you use <command>xelatex</command>
-then something like this is suitable.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{fontspec}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></example>
-
-<para>If you use <command>lualatex</command> then something like this works.
-</para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{luatextra}
-\defaultfontfeatures{Ligatures=TeX}
-</pre></example>
-
-
-</subsection>
 </section>
 <node name="TeX-engines" spaces=" "><nodename>&tex; engines</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">&latex; command syntax</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Output files</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&tex; engines</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">engines, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">implementations of &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">UTF-8</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">Unicode input, native</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">TrueType fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">OpenType fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="32">engines, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="33">implementations of &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="34">UTF-8</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="35">Unicode input, native</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="36">TrueType fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="37">OpenType fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; is defined to be a set of commands that are run by a &tex;
 implementation (<pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>).  This section gives a terse
@@ -525,9 +433,9 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">latex</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pdflatex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">pdf&tex; engine</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="20" mergedindex="cp">etex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">e-&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="38">pdf&tex; engine</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="19" mergedindex="cp">etex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="39">e-&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="tex-engines-latex">tex engines latex</anchor>
 <para>In &tex; Live (<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/texlive</urefurl></url>), if &latex; is invoked
 via either the system command <command>latex</command> or <command>pdflatex</command>,
@@ -547,8 +455,8 @@
 assumed to be available in &latex;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">lualatex</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21" mergedindex="cp">lualatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="20" mergedindex="cp">lualatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="40">Lua&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="tex-engines-lualatex">tex engines lualatex</anchor>
 <para>If &latex; is invoked via the system command <command>lualatex</command>, the
 Lua&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/luatex</urefurl></url>).  This
@@ -560,10 +468,10 @@
 but this is rarely used.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">xelatex</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="22" mergedindex="cp">xelatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="23" mergedindex="cp">.xdv <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24" mergedindex="cp">xdvipdfmx</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="21" mergedindex="cp">xelatex <r>command</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="41">Xe&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="22" mergedindex="cp">.xdv <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="23" mergedindex="cp">xdvipdfmx</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="tex-engines-xelatex">tex engines xelatex</anchor>
 <para>If &latex; is invoked with the system command <command>xelatex</command>, the
 Xe&tex; engine is run (<url><urefurl>http://tug.org/xetex</urefurl></url>).  Like Lua&tex;,
@@ -588,10 +496,10 @@
 <node name="LaTeX-command-syntax" spaces=" "><nodename>&latex; command syntax</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">&tex; engines</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex; command syntax</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">command syntax</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="26" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="42">command syntax</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="24" mergedindex="cp">\ <r>character starting commands</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="25" mergedindex="cp">[...] <r>for optional arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="26" mergedindex="cp">{...} <r>for required arguments</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>In the &latex; input file, a command name starts with a backslash
 character, <code>\</code>.  The name itself then consists of either
 (a) a string of letters or (b) a single non-letter.
@@ -678,7 +586,7 @@
 <node name="CTAN" spaces=" "><nodename>CTAN</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Environment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Overview</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>CTAN: the Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="43">CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Comprehensive &tex; Archive Network, CTAN, is the &tex; and
 &latex; community&textrsquo;s repository of free material.  It is a set of
@@ -694,8 +602,8 @@
 <para>In addition to the massive holdings, the web site offers features such
 as search by name or by functionality.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="44">DANTE e.V.</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="45">mirrors of CTAN</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>CTAN is not a single site, but instead is a set of sites. One of the
 sites is the core. This site actively manages the material, for
 instance, by accepting uploads of new or updated packages. It is
@@ -712,9 +620,9 @@
 <node name="Document-classes" spaces=" "><nodename>Document classes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Fonts</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Overview</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document classes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="46">document classes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="47">classes of documents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="27" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>The document&textrsquo;s overall class is defined with this command, which is
 normally the first command in a &latex; source file.
@@ -723,11 +631,11 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass[<var>options</var>]{<var>class</var>}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="28" mergedindex="cp">article <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="29" mergedindex="cp">report <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="30" mergedindex="cp">book <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="31" mergedindex="cp">letter <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="32" mergedindex="cp">slides <r>class</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The following document <var>class</var> names are built into &latex;.
 (Many other document classes are available as separate packages;
 <pxref label="Overview"><xrefnodename>Overview</xrefnodename></pxref>.)
@@ -773,10 +681,10 @@
 <node name="Document-class-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Document class options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional packages</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document class options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="48">document class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="49">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="50">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="51">global options</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can specify <dfn>global options</dfn> or <dfn>class options</dfn> to the
 <code>\documentclass</code> command by enclosing them in square brackets.  To
@@ -788,9 +696,9 @@
 
 <para>Here is the list of the standard class options.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="33" mergedindex="cp">10pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="34" mergedindex="cp">11pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="35" mergedindex="cp">12pt <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>All of the standard classes except <code>slides</code> accept the following
 options for selecting the typeface size (default is <code>10pt</code>):
 </para>
@@ -798,12 +706,12 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">10pt  11pt  12pt
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="36" mergedindex="cp">a4paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="37" mergedindex="cp">a5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="38" mergedindex="cp">b5paper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="39" mergedindex="cp">executivepaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="40" mergedindex="cp">legalpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="41" mergedindex="cp">letterpaper <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>All of the standard classes accept these options for selecting the paper
 size (these show height by width):
 </para>
@@ -827,63 +735,63 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>8.5 by 11 inches (the default)
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="42" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpagewidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="43" mergedindex="cp">\pdfpageheight</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="52"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="53"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set
 the print area but you must also set the physical paper size.  One way
 to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
 <code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&textrsquo;s preamble.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="54"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="55"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
 area and physical page size.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="44" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="45" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="46" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="47" mergedindex="cp">landscape <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="48" mergedindex="cp">leqno <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="49" mergedindex="cp">openbib <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="50" mergedindex="cp">titlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="51" mergedindex="cp">notitlepage <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Miscellaneous other options:
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="56">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a
 black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="57">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="58">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="59">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="60">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="61">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="62">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="63">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and
 for the abstract also, if there is one.  The default for the
 <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
@@ -892,12 +800,12 @@
 
 <para>The following options are not available with the <code>slides</code> class.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="52" mergedindex="cp">onecolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="53" mergedindex="cp">twocolumn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="54" mergedindex="cp">oneside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">twoside <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">openright <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">openany <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">onecolumn</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twocolumn</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -905,8 +813,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">oneside</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">twoside</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="58" mergedindex="cp">\evensidemargin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="59" mergedindex="cp">\oddsidemargin</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Selects one- or two-sided layout; default is <code>oneside</code>, except
 that in the <code>book</code> class the default is <code>twoside</code>.
 </para>
@@ -923,7 +831,7 @@
 <code>openright</code> for <code>book</code>, and <code>openany</code> for <code>report</code>.
 </para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="60" mergedindex="cp">clock <r>option to <code>slides</code> class</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <code>slides</code> class offers the option <code>clock</code> for printing
 the time at the bottom of each note.
 </para>
@@ -932,10 +840,10 @@
 <node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="61" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
 list <var>options</var>, as here.
 </para>
@@ -947,8 +855,8 @@
 as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
 <code>\usepackage</code> commands.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">global options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
 to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
 <code>\usepackage</code>.
@@ -958,9 +866,9 @@
 <node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can create new document classes and new packages.  For instance, if
 your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a
@@ -973,8 +881,8 @@
 specific to that class.  Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
 package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the
 SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a
 character in command names without having to surround the code
@@ -996,13 +904,13 @@
 <node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">class file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">package file layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">package options</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
 </para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
@@ -1046,7 +954,7 @@
 \ProcessOptions\relax
 \LoadClass{article}
 </pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
@@ -1063,21 +971,21 @@
 </subsection>
 <node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtBeginDvi{specials}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="62" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDvi</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Save in a box register things that are written to the <file>.dvi</file> file
 at the beginning of the shipout of the first page of the document.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfClass{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AtEndOfPackage{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="63" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="64" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndOfPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Hook to insert <var>code</var> to be executed when &latex; finishes
 processing the current class or package.  You can use these hooks
 multiple times; the <code>code</code> will be executed in the order that you
@@ -1085,13 +993,13 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">new command, check</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="65" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="66" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">new command, check</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
 not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
 <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">long command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">long command</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>long</dfn> as expected.  A long command is a command that accepts
 <code>\par</code> within an argument.  The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be
 long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>.  Raises an
@@ -1109,16 +1017,16 @@
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfo{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ClassInfoNoLine{<var>class name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PackageInfoNoLine{<var>package name</var>}{<var>info text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="67" mergedindex="cp">\ClassError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="68" mergedindex="cp">\PackageError</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="69" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="70" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarning</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="71" mergedindex="cp">\ClassWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\PackageWarningNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="73" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="74" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfo</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="75" mergedindex="cp">\ClassInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\PackageInfoNoLine</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Produce an error message, or warning or informational messages.
 </para>
 <para>For <code>\ClassError</code> and <code>\PackageError</code> the message is
@@ -1139,19 +1047,19 @@
 appends a period to the messages.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CurrentOption</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CurrentOption</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Expands to the name of the currently-being-processed option.  Can only
 be used within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code>
 or <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption{<var>option</var>}{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="78" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="79" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
 <code>\documentclass</code> command.  For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class
 could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
@@ -1186,9 +1094,9 @@
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>} </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="80" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="81" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &
 \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
 within the <var>definition</var> is fragile.  (For a discussion of robust and
@@ -1202,8 +1110,8 @@
 using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the
 command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <file>etoolbox</file> package offers the commands
 <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
 <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
@@ -1228,8 +1136,8 @@
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\InputIfFileExists{<var>file name</var>}{<var>true code</var>}{<var>false code</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="82" mergedindex="cp">\IfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="83" mergedindex="cp">\InputIfFileExists</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Execute <var>true code</var> if &latex; finds the file <file><var>file
 name</var></file> or <var>false code</var> otherwise.  In the first case it executing
 <var>true code</var> and then inputs the file.  Thus the command
@@ -1253,8 +1161,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClass[<var>options list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\LoadClassWithOptions{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="84" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="85" mergedindex="cp">\LoadClassWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a class, as with <code>\documentclass[<var>options
 list</var>]{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release info</var>]</code>.  An example is
 <code>\LoadClass[twoside]{article}</code>.
@@ -1283,7 +1191,7 @@
 <code>article</code> class, without having to track which options were passed.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ExecuteOptions{<var>options-list</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="86" mergedindex="cp">\ExecuteOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>For each option <var>option</var> in the <var>options-list</var>, in order, this command
 executes the command <code>\ds&arobase;<var>option</var></code>.  If this command is not
 defined then that option is silently ignored.
@@ -1294,7 +1202,7 @@
 <code>\ExecuteOptions{11pt}\ProcessOptions\relax</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NeedsTeXFormat{<var>format</var>}[<var>format date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="87" mergedindex="cp">\NeedsTeXFormat</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Specifies the format that this class must be run under.  Often issued
 as the first line of a class file, and most often used as:
 <code>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}</code>.  When a document using that class is
@@ -1315,7 +1223,7 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OptionNotUsed</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="88" mergedindex="cp">\OptionNotUsed</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Adds the current option to the list of unused options.  Can only be used
 within the <var>code</var> argument of either <code>\DeclareOption</code> or
 <code>\DeclareOption*</code>.
@@ -1328,8 +1236,8 @@
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToClass{<var>option list</var>}{<var>class name</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\PassOptionsToPackage{<var>option list</var>}{<var>package name</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\PassOptionsToPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Adds the options in the comma-separated list <var>option list</var> to the
 options used by any future <code>\RequirePackage</code> or <code>\usepackage</code>
 command for package <var>package name</var> or the class <var>class name</var>.
@@ -1370,8 +1278,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProcessOptions*<var>\&arobase;options</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\ProcessOptions*</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Execute the code for each option that the user has invoked.  Include it
 in the class file as <code>\ProcessOptions\relax</code> (because of the
 existence of the starred command).
@@ -1415,8 +1323,8 @@
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesClass{<var>class name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var> <var>brief additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesPackage{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="93" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesClass</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="94" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesPackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Identifies the class or package, printing a message to the screen and
 the log file.
 </para>
@@ -1449,7 +1357,7 @@
 include a date, and class users almost never do.)
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ProvidesFile{<var>file name</var>}[<var>additional information</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="95" mergedindex="cp">\ProvidesFile</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Declare a file other than the main class and package files, such as
 configuration files or font definition files.  Put this command in that
 file and you get in the log a string like <code>File: test.config
@@ -1459,8 +1367,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackage[<var>option list</var>]{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\RequirePackageWithOptions{<var>package name</var>}[<var>release date</var>]</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="96" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="97" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackageWithOptions</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a package, like the command <code>\usepackage</code> (<pxref label="Additional-packages"><xrefnodename>Additional
 packages</xrefnodename></pxref>). The &latex; development team strongly recommends use of
 these commands over Plain &tex;&textrsquo;s <code>\input</code>; see the Class
@@ -1496,25 +1404,158 @@
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle>
 <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>Two important aspects of selecting a <dfn>font</dfn> are specifying a size
-and a style.  The &latex; commands for doing this are described here.
+<para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
+Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
+in your document (for instance, see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>).  And,
+&latex; documents can use most fonts that are available today,
+including versions of Times Roman, Helvetica, Courier, etc. (although
+they may not have support for mathematics).
 </para>
+<para>The first typeface in the &tex; world was the Computer Modern family,
+developed by Donald Knuth.  It is the default for &latex; documents and
+is still the most widely used.  But changing to another font often only
+involves a few commands.  For instance, putting the following in your
+preamble gives you a Palatino-like font, which is handsome and more
+readable online than many other fonts, while still allowing you to
+typeset mathematics.  (This example is from Michael Sharpe,
+<url><urefurl>http://math.ucsd.edu/~msharpe/RcntFnts.pdf</urefurl></url>.)
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[full]{textcomp}
+\usepackage[osf]{newpxtext} % osf for text, not math
+\usepackage{cabin} % sans serif
+\usepackage[varqu,varl]{inconsolata} % sans serif typewriter
+\usepackage[bigdelims,vvarbb]{newpxmath} % bb from STIX
+\usepackage[cal=boondoxo]{mathalfa} % mathcal
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>In addition, the <command>xelatex</command> or <command>lualatex</command> engines allow
+you to use any fonts on your system that are in OpenType or TrueType
+format (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>The &latex; Font Catalogue <url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> shows
+font sample graphics and copy-and-pasteable source to use many fonts,
+including many with support for mathematics.  It aims to cover all Latin
+alphabet free fonts available for easy use with &latex;.
+</para>
+<para>More information is also available from the &tex; Users Group, at
+<url><urefurl>https://www.tug.org/fonts/</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
-<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                 ">Font styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select roman, italics, etc.
+<menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">fontenc package</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Encoding of the font.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                 ">Font styles</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select roman, italics, etc.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                  ">Font sizes</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select point size.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::     ">Low-level font commands</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Select encoding, family, series, shape.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
-<node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
+<node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font styles</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><file>fontenc</file> package</sectiontitle>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">Font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">UTF-8</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">T1</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="98" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>Synopsis:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding</var>]{fontenc}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>or
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[<var>font_encoding1</var>, <var>font_encoding2</var>, ...]{fontenc}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Specify the encoding used for the font.  This is the mapping of the
+character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your
+output. This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
+(<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>&tex;&textrsquo;s original font family, Computer Modern, has a limited character
+set. For instance, to make common accented characters you must use
+<code>\accent</code> (<pxref label="_005caccent"><xrefnodename>\accent</xrefnodename></pxref>) but this disables hyphenation.  &tex;
+users have agreed on a number of standards to access the larger sets of
+characters provided by modern fonts.  If you are using
+<command>pdflatex</command> then this in the preamble
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}  % Optional: encoding of input file
+</pre></example>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>gives you support for the most widespread European languages, including
+French, German, Italian, Polish, and others.  In particular, if you have
+words with accented letters then &latex; will hyphenate them and your
+output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
+to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
+</para>
+<para>For each <var>font_encoding</var> given as an option but not already
+declared, this package loads the encoding definition files, named
+<file><var>font_encoding</var>enc.def</file>.  It also sets <code>\encodingdefault</code>
+to be the last encoding in the option list.
+</para>
+<para>These are the common values for <var>font_encoding</var>.
+</para>
+<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OT1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>The original encoding for &tex;.  Limited to mostly English characters.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">OMS, OML</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Math symbols and math letters encoding.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">T1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>&tex; text extended.  Sometimes called the Cork encoding for the Users
+Group meeting where it was developed.  Gives access to most European
+accented characters.  The most common option for this package.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">TS1</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>Text Companion encoding.
+</para></tableitem></tableentry></table>
+
+<noindent></noindent>
+<para>&latex;&textrsquo;s default is to load <code>OML</code>, <code>T1</code>, <code>OT1</code>, and
+then <code>OMS</code>, and set the default to <code>OT1</code>.
+</para>
+<para>Even if you do not use accented letters, you may need to specify a font
+encoding if your font requires it.
+</para>
+<para>If you use <code>T1</code> encoded fonts other than the default Computer
+Modern family then you may need to load the package that selects your
+fonts before loading <file>fontenc</file>, to prevent the system from loading
+any <code>T1</code> encoded fonts from the default.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
+blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
+sometimes called raster or Type 3.  You want vector fonts.  Use a
+package such as <file>lmodern</file> or <file>cm-super</file> to get a font that
+extends &latex;&textrsquo;s default using vector fonts.
+</para>
+<para>Do not use <code>fontenc</code> if you use the <command>xelatex</command> or
+<command>lualatex</command> engine (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Instead, use the
+<file>fontspec</file> package.
+</para>
+
+</section>
+<node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;.
 </para>
@@ -1594,7 +1635,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command
 is semantic, for text to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
@@ -1615,39 +1656,39 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to bold face.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="124" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Italics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="125" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Roman.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="126" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Small caps.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="127" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Sans serif.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="128" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Slanted (oblique).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="129" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -1692,18 +1733,18 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="136" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
 switching to bold letters and symbols in
 formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="137" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will typeset
 so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights and
@@ -1721,9 +1762,9 @@
 <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;.
 The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
@@ -1788,8 +1829,8 @@
 <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
 packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
@@ -1813,8 +1854,8 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font family.  The web page
 <url><urefurl>http://www.tug.dk/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse
 through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;.  Here are
@@ -1867,7 +1908,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font series.  A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
 <dfn>width</dfn>.  Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
 combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
@@ -1885,7 +1926,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Bold extended
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
 </para>
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -1909,7 +1950,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Ultra bold
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
  
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
 relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
 </para>
@@ -1941,7 +1982,7 @@
 </para> 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
 <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
 </para>
@@ -1966,7 +2007,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">font size</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">font size</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Set the font size and the line spacing.  The unit of both parameters
 defaults to points (<code>pt</code>).  The line spacing is the nominal
@@ -1986,10 +2027,10 @@
 doubling it, by doing <code>\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{2.0}</code> in
 the preamble.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>However, the best way to double-space a document is to use the
 <file>setspace</file> package.  In addition to offering a number of spacing
 options, this package keeps the line spacing single-spaced in places
@@ -2034,7 +2075,7 @@
 <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
 </para>
@@ -2052,7 +2093,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="158" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -2071,8 +2112,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="159" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -2233,7 +2274,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="169" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
 rubber vertical lengths will be stretched.  Thus, in a two-sided
@@ -2248,12 +2289,12 @@
 <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Floats</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="170" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
@@ -2460,8 +2501,8 @@
 event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
 every following float in that class also appears at the end.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
 where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
 <var>placement</var> argument.  The possible values are a sequence of the
@@ -2484,9 +2525,9 @@
 appears.  However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
 automatically added.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
 <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
@@ -2494,7 +2535,7 @@
 <url><urefurl>http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=figurehere</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">float page</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">float page</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page
 containing no text, only floats.
 </para>
@@ -2522,8 +2563,8 @@
 <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>.  This will wait until the current page
 is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
 (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
@@ -2635,13 +2676,13 @@
 <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">section</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="231" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="232" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="233" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
@@ -2685,7 +2726,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\subparagraph</code>   </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>5  
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
 but is not numbered and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
 An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code> .  The
@@ -2715,8 +2756,8 @@
 have a <code>\chapter</code>.  Otherwise you can get a something like a
 subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units.  As a
 simple example, you can change the section numbering to upper-case
@@ -2730,7 +2771,7 @@
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="238" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning commands are
@@ -2746,7 +2787,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="239" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="240" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
@@ -2776,8 +2817,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="241" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -2829,15 +2870,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
 title then it is not indented.  To get an indent you can use the package
 <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <file>titlesec</file>.
 See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -2848,7 +2889,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="242" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -2915,8 +2956,8 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  To get an indent use the package
@@ -2933,8 +2974,8 @@
 \makeatother
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for
 the document, see the package <file>babel</file>.
@@ -2944,8 +2985,8 @@
 running headers.  To make that page completely blank,
 see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
 definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments.  But
@@ -2973,7 +3014,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="243" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">section</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3041,15 +3082,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
 are a number of options.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3078,7 +3119,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="244" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3131,15 +3172,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
 <code>\subsection</code> command.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3167,11 +3208,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsubsection</code>, <code>\paragraph</code>, <code>\subparagraph</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="245" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="246" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="247" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3237,15 +3278,15 @@
 a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <file>indentfirst</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
 One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -3259,8 +3300,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="248" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3292,8 +3333,8 @@
 <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>
 for another example.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <file>appendix</file> package adds the command
 <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document
 body before the first appendix, and the command <code>\addappheadtotoc</code>
@@ -3309,12 +3350,12 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, <code>\backmatter</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="249" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="250" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="251" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3349,7 +3390,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="252" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3587,9 +3628,9 @@
 <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">label</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>.  But by-hand typing
 the 31 is poor practice.  Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as
 <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with
@@ -3613,8 +3654,8 @@
 the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>.  &latex; puts the
 information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
 happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code>
 that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>.  If this is the first
@@ -3626,8 +3667,8 @@
 and the output contains the old reference information.  In both cases,
 resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s
 cross referencing features.  You can arrange that if you enter
 <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
@@ -3717,8 +3758,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="254" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3752,11 +3793,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="255" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3786,8 +3827,8 @@
 \end{enumerate}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>cleveref</file> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the
 reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -3798,7 +3839,7 @@
 <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="256" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="257" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -3818,7 +3859,7 @@
 <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
 \end{table}.</samp>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Environments are executed within a group.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
@@ -3859,7 +3900,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="258" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="259" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3919,7 +3960,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="260" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="261" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3981,8 +4022,8 @@
 default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <file>amsmath</file>
 package.  It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
@@ -3993,8 +4034,8 @@
 <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
 bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example uses the <file>amsmath</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -4009,11 +4050,11 @@
 \end{equation}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><r>package</r>, <code>array (package)</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><code>array (package)</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages concerning arrays.  The <file>array</file> package has
 many useful extensions, including more column types.  The <file>dcolumn</file>
@@ -4028,7 +4069,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="263" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4092,7 +4133,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -4152,8 +4193,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="268" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4190,8 +4231,8 @@
 no sensible default.  Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
 may contain multiple paragraphs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
 change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come
 out bold.  For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
@@ -4246,8 +4287,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <file>amsmath</file> package has significantly more extensive
 displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of
@@ -4300,7 +4341,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4323,7 +4364,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4350,7 +4391,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4453,12 +4494,12 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="288" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete.  It has infelicities,
 including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
 (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen
@@ -4500,7 +4541,7 @@
 equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
 line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
 <code>\nonumber</code> command.  The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
@@ -4530,8 +4571,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4549,8 +4590,8 @@
 <code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
 missing dollar sign.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>amsmath</file> package has extensive displayed equation
 facilities.  New documents should include this package.
@@ -4563,8 +4604,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4641,8 +4682,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="301" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4710,8 +4751,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4754,9 +4795,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="306" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -4806,8 +4847,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="307" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright}
@@ -4836,9 +4877,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="310" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -4878,10 +4919,10 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5020,7 +5061,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="329" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5306,8 +5347,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
@@ -5442,7 +5483,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">in-line formulas</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5464,7 +5505,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="347" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5585,15 +5626,15 @@
 Text after  
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="349" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>.  Change
 that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
 the start of <var>contents</var>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
 particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
 <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
@@ -5653,8 +5694,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses: 
 </para><example endspaces=" ">
@@ -5744,7 +5785,7 @@
 picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
 optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by
 naming its position.  A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
 giving the x- and y-coordinates.  A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length,
@@ -6006,22 +6047,22 @@
 <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
 \vector argument.</code>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292"><code>pict2e</code> package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
 because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
@@ -6398,15 +6439,15 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="373" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="374" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="375" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="376" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6450,9 +6491,9 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="377" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="378" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6500,7 +6541,7 @@
 the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
 <code>\linewidth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed
 rows</dfn>.  The first tabbed row begins immediately after
 <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
@@ -6618,15 +6659,15 @@
          end;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment.  To actually
@@ -6643,8 +6684,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="397" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="398" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6719,8 +6760,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="400" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="401" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7131,7 +7172,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="413" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="414" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7186,8 +7227,8 @@
 as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code> after
 <code>\begin{document}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Language support packages such as <file>babel</file> will automatically
 redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
@@ -7221,7 +7262,7 @@
 
 <para>Generate an entry labeled by <var>label</var>.  The default is for &latex; to
 generates a number using the <code>enumi</code> counter.  The <dfn>citation key</dfn> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
 <var>cite_key</var> is a string of
 letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
 </para>
@@ -7361,9 +7402,9 @@
 <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -7440,7 +7481,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="421" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7468,11 +7509,11 @@
 \end{thm}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
 from the American Mathematical Society.  Among other things these
@@ -7487,8 +7528,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="422" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="423" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7538,11 +7579,11 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="424" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="425" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7568,19 +7609,19 @@
 <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
 the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
 instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  This is not the same as
 commands being fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>), instead it just cannot appear
 there. (But the <code>cprotect</code> package can help with this.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code.  There are
 packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment.  For
@@ -7588,11 +7629,11 @@
 files, or parts of those files.  Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
 and <code>minted</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
 <code>fancyvrb</code>.  Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
@@ -7608,7 +7649,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="426" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7641,7 +7682,7 @@
 delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The <var>literal-text</var>
 cannot include a line break.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
 space character.
 <tex endspaces=" ">
@@ -7653,24 +7694,24 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">The commands's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
 provides an option that is better than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
 it allows line breaks.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
 <code>\verb</code>.  One is <file>listings</file>, another is <file>minted</file>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
 the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
@@ -7686,7 +7727,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="427" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="428" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7735,8 +7776,8 @@
 <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to
 translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To
@@ -7768,8 +7809,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="430" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>force line break</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -7853,7 +7894,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="431" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="432" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
 internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>.  So each
@@ -7904,7 +7945,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="433" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
 the line, so the prior text is not stretched. That is, in paragraph mode
@@ -7937,7 +7978,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="434" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point.  When you
 insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
@@ -7978,8 +8019,8 @@
 </section>
 <node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8012,7 +8053,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="435" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="436" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
 breaking.  Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
@@ -8035,7 +8076,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="437" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8073,7 +8114,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="438" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8101,8 +8142,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8147,8 +8188,8 @@
 <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into
 pages with its usual aplomb.  But if you are writing commands, or
@@ -8192,10 +8233,10 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="441" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8251,8 +8292,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8296,7 +8337,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="444" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8331,8 +8372,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="445" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="446" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -8388,7 +8429,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
 </para>
@@ -8446,7 +8487,7 @@
 the footnote.  If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
 <code>footnote</code> counter.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="448" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="449" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
@@ -8459,8 +8500,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="450" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
@@ -8498,8 +8539,8 @@
 paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">Footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
 <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
 they are numbered independently.  They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -8564,11 +8605,11 @@
 Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <file>cleveref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -8582,8 +8623,8 @@
 But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>It will work with the package <file>hyperref</file>.
 </para>
@@ -8615,8 +8656,8 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
 </para>
@@ -8645,7 +8686,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
 command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -8726,10 +8767,10 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
 footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
@@ -8752,7 +8793,7 @@
 <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 </para>
@@ -8776,10 +8817,10 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> & <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="454" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8806,8 +8847,8 @@
 
 <para>Define or redefine a command.  See also the discussion of
 <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
 The starred form of these two requires that the arguments not contain
 multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms that it not be
 <code>\long</code>).
@@ -8835,7 +8876,7 @@
 (which may be the empty string).  If this argument is not present then
 <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
 <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]{...}...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
 parameter <code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>.  On the
@@ -8937,9 +8978,9 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8991,9 +9032,9 @@
 category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value.
 </para>
 <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
 character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0.  Command names
 consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -9015,8 +9056,8 @@
 <code>\usepackage</code> and <code>\documentclass</code> commands already arrange
 that the at-sign has the character code of a letter, catcode 11.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
 <url><urefurl>http://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -9038,8 +9079,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9112,7 +9153,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="457" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9165,10 +9206,10 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="458" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9200,7 +9241,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="459" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9239,9 +9280,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="460" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="461" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9269,7 +9310,7 @@
 <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
 construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
 contain multiple paragraphs of text.  However, the body of these
 environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -9402,11 +9443,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -9537,8 +9578,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
 <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -9559,8 +9600,8 @@
 The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
 backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
 <dfn>at clause</dfn>.  &latex; will look on your system for a file named
 <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>.  The at clause can have the form either
@@ -9585,8 +9626,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>.  A
 fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -9604,7 +9645,7 @@
 document such as in the table of contents.  Any argument that is
 internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
 referred to as a 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>moving argument</dfn>.  A command is fragile if it can
 expand during this process into invalid &tex; code.  Some examples of
 moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
@@ -9652,8 +9693,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="466" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9749,8 +9790,8 @@
 <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
 it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -9795,7 +9836,7 @@
 <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style.  For instance, if
 the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -9872,8 +9913,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9909,7 +9950,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9953,8 +9994,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10078,7 +10119,7 @@
 <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
@@ -10208,7 +10249,7 @@
 <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
@@ -10216,13 +10257,13 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="482" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457">Point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">Point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
 <para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units, to two decimal
 places, is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.85<dmn>mm</dmn> = 28.45<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">pica</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
 <para>Pica, 12 pt
@@ -10235,48 +10276,48 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces="  "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459">Big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">Big point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
 <para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">Centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
 <para>Centimeter
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">Millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
 <para>Millimeter
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">Didot point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">Didot point</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
 <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">Cicero</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">Cicero</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
 <para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">Scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
 <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table> 
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">ex</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">em</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">em</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor>
@@ -10296,7 +10337,7 @@
 likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
 given in points.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex>
 <para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
 <dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
@@ -10308,7 +10349,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10346,7 +10387,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10483,8 +10524,8 @@
 <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
 paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, separated by
@@ -10548,7 +10589,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts two
 consecutive newlines to a <code>\par</code>):
@@ -10615,7 +10656,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10668,8 +10709,8 @@
 you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
 <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
 not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English.  To change that,
@@ -10682,8 +10723,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10724,9 +10765,9 @@
 <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -10797,9 +10838,9 @@
 <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
@@ -10910,14 +10951,14 @@
 the <samp>Geometric</samp> line&textrsquo;s fraction will be easy to read, with
 characters the same size as in the rest of the line.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
@@ -10941,9 +10982,9 @@
 <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts & superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts & superscripts</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">_</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">^</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -11016,8 +11057,8 @@
 display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
 the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
 typeset chemical formulas.  There are packages for that such as
@@ -11028,12 +11069,12 @@
 <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500"><r>package</r>, <code>symbols</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501"><code>symbols</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502"><r>package</r>, <code>symbols</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503"><code>symbols</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -11144,7 +11185,7 @@
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary).  Similar: multiplication
 dot <code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
@@ -11298,7 +11339,7 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary).  See: real part <code>\Re</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -11321,7 +11362,7 @@
 &tex;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -11965,8 +12006,8 @@
 <node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> & <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -12009,8 +12050,8 @@
 Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
 11</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>.  New documents should use
 the <file>bm</file> package provided by the &latex; Project team.  A complete
@@ -12031,8 +12072,8 @@
 <node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12067,9 +12108,9 @@
 <node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12095,8 +12136,8 @@
 <node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">dots</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
 continues.
@@ -12141,8 +12182,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
 mark up ellipses.  This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -12174,7 +12215,7 @@
 <node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
 differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -12231,8 +12272,8 @@
 <para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
 then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>.  If you like having the
@@ -12250,8 +12291,8 @@
 <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
 spacing.
@@ -12364,8 +12405,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>amsmath</file> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
 allows you to define your own.  The full documentation is on CTAN, but
@@ -12380,8 +12421,8 @@
 <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
 in math.  These are different from accents in normal text
@@ -12389,59 +12430,59 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math acute accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math bar-over accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math breve accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dieresis accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dot accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math grave accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math ring accent  <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math vector symbol
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide hat accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -12454,8 +12495,8 @@
 <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
 putting braces over or under some material.
@@ -12468,8 +12509,8 @@
 descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
 <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>.  This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the package <file>ulem</file> does text mode underlining and allows
 line breaking as well as a number of other features.  See the
@@ -12505,8 +12546,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>mathtools</file> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
 some improvements on the braces.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -12516,8 +12557,8 @@
 <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
 normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -12559,7 +12600,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>.  Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -12580,14 +12621,14 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
 <para>A negative thin space. Normally <code>-3mu</code>.  The <code>\!</code> command is
 math mode only but the <code>\negthinspace</code> command is available for
 text mode (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">quad</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
 <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
@@ -12611,8 +12652,8 @@
 <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12679,8 +12720,8 @@
 \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
 control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -12690,12 +12731,12 @@
 <node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> & <code>\vphantom</code> & <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12737,8 +12778,8 @@
 <para>These commands often are combined with <code>\smash</code>.  <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>
 for another example of the use of <code>\vphantom</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
 a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -12748,8 +12789,8 @@
 In addition, the <file>mathtools</file> package has many commands that offer
 fine-grained control over spacing.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
 mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -12767,7 +12808,7 @@
 <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are
 some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -12785,8 +12826,8 @@
 <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces="  ">Colon character & \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">:</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">:</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">:</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -12803,16 +12844,16 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>But the widely-used <file>amsmath</file> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -12823,10 +12864,10 @@
 <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -12850,7 +12891,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\left & \right</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -12869,11 +12910,11 @@
 <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left & \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> & <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -12921,9 +12962,9 @@
 <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\left & \right</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">radical</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12947,8 +12988,8 @@
 <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12967,7 +13008,7 @@
 <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">modes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
 modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -12978,13 +13019,13 @@
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" ">
 <listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary
 text.  It breaks the input text into lines and breaks the lines into
 pages.  This is the mode &latex; is in most of the time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
 <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -12997,24 +13038,24 @@
 box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
 an inline mathematical formula.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
 mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
 ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
 differs in the two situations.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is building the list of lines and
 other material making the output page.  This is the mode &latex; is in
 when it starts a document.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
 <code>\vbox</code>.  This is the vertical analogue of LR mode.
@@ -13029,8 +13070,8 @@
 changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
 back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
 <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
 <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -13080,8 +13121,8 @@
 <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
 that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This
@@ -13089,8 +13130,8 @@
 special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
 the first page of an article.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <file>fancyhdr</file> is very helpful for constructing page
 styles.  See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -13106,7 +13147,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -13151,7 +13192,7 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is a
@@ -13162,15 +13203,15 @@
 \author given</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date.  The <var>text</var>
 doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If you
 omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
 for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
 the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
@@ -13178,7 +13219,7 @@
 address.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document.  Get line
 breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  If you
@@ -13199,7 +13240,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13245,8 +13286,8 @@
 get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
 does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
 work with the popular package <file>hyperref</file> so to have the page number
@@ -13271,9 +13312,9 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13284,8 +13325,8 @@
 <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
 from the current page onwards.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
 <file>fancyhdr</file> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -13378,7 +13419,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13418,8 +13459,8 @@
 <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">white space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white (or filled) space.  Some of
 these are best suited to mathematical text; see <ref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in
@@ -13554,8 +13595,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13601,9 +13642,9 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13709,9 +13750,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -13774,7 +13815,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -13801,7 +13842,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13818,10 +13859,10 @@
 <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">\NEWLINE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">\SPACE</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">\ (backslash-space)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">\TAB</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\SPACE</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
@@ -13877,10 +13918,10 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">space, hard</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">space, hard</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13916,8 +13957,8 @@
 <code>Figure~\ref{fig:KGraph}</code>. When cases are enumerated inline:
 <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -13961,10 +14002,10 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -13998,7 +14039,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14211,7 +14252,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14276,10 +14317,10 @@
 the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives the needed
 extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
 <file>TikZ</file> or <file>Asymptote</file>.  For instance, you may have a command
@@ -14316,8 +14357,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14384,8 +14425,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14424,8 +14465,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14484,7 +14525,7 @@
 <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
@@ -14509,9 +14550,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14600,11 +14641,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space)
 will be just before the <samp>What</samp> (note the space after
@@ -14679,7 +14720,7 @@
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The thickness of the lines around the enclosed box.  The default is
 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>.  Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -14687,7 +14728,7 @@
 <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
 (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -14728,8 +14769,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14858,7 +14899,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14993,7 +15034,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15013,7 +15054,7 @@
 <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">color</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -15037,8 +15078,8 @@
 <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -15088,7 +15129,7 @@
 <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">color models</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors.  &latex;&textrsquo;s
 capabilities depend on the printer driver.  However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -15149,7 +15190,7 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -15164,9 +15205,9 @@
 <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15200,8 +15241,8 @@
 <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -15302,9 +15343,9 @@
 <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -15358,10 +15399,10 @@
 <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -15392,8 +15433,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
 You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -15442,8 +15483,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -15523,14 +15564,14 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces="  "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
 the graphic.
@@ -15766,8 +15807,8 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>graphics</file> and
 <file>graphicx</file> packages.
@@ -15783,15 +15824,15 @@
 <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses for <file>graphics</file> package:
@@ -16182,9 +16223,9 @@
 <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis if you use the <file>graphics</file> package:
@@ -16273,12 +16314,12 @@
 <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -16323,12 +16364,12 @@
 <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
@@ -16368,8 +16409,8 @@
 <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
 special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -16389,10 +16430,10 @@
 <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
 example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments.  They are
 called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>.
@@ -16438,9 +16479,9 @@
 <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16483,15 +16524,15 @@
 <w>                           </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <file>textcase</file> package brings some of the missing feature of the
 standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  
 <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
 <file>mfirstuc</file>.
@@ -16502,8 +16543,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
 the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -16520,8 +16561,8 @@
 <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols in
@@ -16532,148 +16573,148 @@
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>©right; The copyright symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>«, », ‹, ›
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&dots;  An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline):  <code>\ldots</code>
 and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>£ English pounds sterling.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>„ and ‚
 Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &tex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>^ ASCII circumflex.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>~ ASCII tilde.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>* Centered asterisk.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>\ Backslash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>| Vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>25EF</U> Big circle symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>{ Left brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>} Right brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>• Bullet.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>24B6</U> Circle around <var>letter</var>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
 <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
 is most useful in non-English languages.  The
@@ -16681,138 +16722,138 @@
 while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>$ Dollar sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textmdash; Em-dash (used for punctuation, as in
 <code>The playoffs --- if you are fortunate enough to make the playoffs ---
 is more like a sprint.</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textndash; En-dash (used for ranges, as in <code>See pages 12--14</code>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Euro symbol: €. For an alternative glyph design, try the
 <file>eurosym</file> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
 Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>> Greater than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>< Less than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2190</U> Left arrow.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¿ Upside down question mark.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>0027</U> Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
 <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>®istered; Registered symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2192</U> Right arrow.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
 </para>
 <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash?  In Unicode? -->
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U> &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>_ Underscore.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2423</U> Visible space symbol.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -16822,17 +16863,17 @@
 <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and languages,
 through the <code>babel</code> package and related support if you are using
 pdf&latex;, or <file>polyglossia</file> if you are using Xe&latex; or
@@ -16845,11 +16886,11 @@
 lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
 <!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
 and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
 <!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
 These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -16860,61 +16901,61 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>  Dot accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
 <var>text</var>.  The argument is always processed in LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -16925,35 +16966,35 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -16964,7 +17005,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tieaccent">oo</accent> Tie-after accent.  The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in
 its box.
 </para>
@@ -16972,16 +17013,16 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="caron">o</accent>  H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -17049,12 +17090,12 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
 A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -17065,22 +17106,22 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\aa (å)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\AA (Å)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">aring</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>å and Å.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\ae (æ)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\AE (Æ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>æ and Æ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\dh (ð)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\DH (Ð)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -17097,14 +17138,14 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\ij (ij)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\IJ (IJ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\l (&lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\L (&Lslash;)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
@@ -17117,30 +17158,30 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\o (ø)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\O (Ø)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ø and Ø.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\oe (œ)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\OE (Œ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>œ and Œ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\ss (ß)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\SS (SS)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ß and SS.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\th (þ)</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\TH (Þ)</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -17163,8 +17204,8 @@
 
 <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
 often used to mark the end of a proof.
 </para>
@@ -17172,8 +17213,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <file>amsthm</file> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -17205,8 +17246,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17218,11 +17259,11 @@
 <var>yyyy</var></samp>.  An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
 1976</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Multilingual packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>, or
 classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -17241,8 +17282,8 @@
 <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
 <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is <file>datetime</file> package
 which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -17256,16 +17297,16 @@
 <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">input file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
 This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
 document.  It can also speed processing.
 </para>
 <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts.  This shows such
 a file with five included files.
 </para>
@@ -17477,7 +17518,7 @@
 \end{document}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>  The
 <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -17560,7 +17601,7 @@
 <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents etc.</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -17655,11 +17696,11 @@
 contents commands; for instance, these work with information stored in
 <file>.lof</file> and <file>.lot</file> files.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the header for the table of contents page do something like
 the first line here.
@@ -17675,11 +17716,11 @@
 Internationalization packages such as <file>babel</file> or <file>polyglossia</file>
 will change the headers depending on the chosen base language.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
 and tables.  One convenient one for adjusting some aspects of the
@@ -17698,7 +17739,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17888,11 +17929,11 @@
 <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This document has an index.
 </para>
@@ -17924,11 +17965,11 @@
 information back into your document and typeset it with the
 <code>\printindex</code> command (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages that apply to indexing commands.  The
 <code>showidx</code> package causes each index entries to be shown in the
@@ -17947,7 +17988,7 @@
 <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -17990,7 +18031,7 @@
 instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
 <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -18011,14 +18052,14 @@
 followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
 51</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces="  "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">&textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo; index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces="  "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>See</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -18076,8 +18117,8 @@
 entry, preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>.  (The double quote
 gets deleted before alphabetization.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
 provided by <file>makeidx</file>.  One is <file>index</file>, which allows for
@@ -18086,7 +18127,7 @@
 <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
@@ -18108,11 +18149,11 @@
 <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -18128,7 +18169,7 @@
 actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
 <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second allows
@@ -18295,7 +18336,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">xindy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><command>xindy</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
 <command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>, which does
 internationalization and can process indexes for documents marked up
@@ -18308,7 +18349,7 @@
 <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -18332,9 +18373,9 @@
 <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -18382,7 +18423,7 @@
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
 entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>.  Put the
 <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -18402,7 +18443,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -18474,7 +18515,7 @@
 <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -18516,8 +18557,8 @@
 <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -18655,7 +18696,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18680,8 +18721,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18702,7 +18743,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18798,8 +18839,8 @@
 <para>The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
 contains the address for each recipient.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
 standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
@@ -18828,7 +18869,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18848,7 +18889,7 @@
 <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18935,9 +18976,9 @@
 <node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
 to build document components such as a table of contents or index.  You
@@ -18961,9 +19002,9 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19046,8 +19087,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19078,8 +19119,8 @@
 <para>To read in an entire file at once use <code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or
 <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include & \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merge.
 CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <file>datatool</file>.
@@ -19322,8 +19363,8 @@
 solution is to put the included files in the same directory as the
 master file, or in subdirectories.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common case where authors want to write a file not already provided by
 &latex; is for answers to exercises, or some other situation where you
@@ -19429,8 +19470,8 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">commands, run from LaTeX</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">commands, run from LaTeX</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -19443,8 +19484,8 @@
 runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
 finishes.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This
 </para>
@@ -19513,7 +19554,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Document templates</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Input/output</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
@@ -19574,7 +19615,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
 authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -19648,8 +19689,8 @@
 (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The first two options are for with &tex; Live or
 Mac&tex; while the second two are for MiK&tex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984"><r>package</r>, <code>sagetex</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985"><code>sagetex</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Sometimes you want to run external system commands from inside a
 &latex; file. For instance the package <file>sagetex</file> allows you to
@@ -19684,15 +19725,15 @@
 <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As part of the command line invocation <code>pdflatex <var>options</var>
 <var>argument</var></code> you can specify arbitrary &latex; input by starting
 <var>argument</var> with a backslash. This allows you to do some special
 effects.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For example, this file (which uses the <file>hyperref</file> package for
 hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of output, one for paper and one for a
@@ -19774,8 +19815,8 @@
 typo.  You could instead enter <samp>?</samp> and <code><return></code> to see other
 options.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
 include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it.  In this case
@@ -19803,8 +19844,8 @@
 <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Although not reference material, perhaps these document templates will
 be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -19822,8 +19863,8 @@
 <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast
 array of features, but here is a basic template:
@@ -19860,7 +19901,7 @@
 <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">template, <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <verbatim xml:space="preserve">
 \documentclass{article}
@@ -19886,7 +19927,7 @@
 <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a straightforward template for a book.  See <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
 template</xrefnodename></xref> for a more elaborate one.
@@ -19915,7 +19956,7 @@
 <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">tugboat template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a more elaborate template for a book.  It has
 <code>\frontmatter</code>, <code>\mainmatter</code>, and <code>\backmatter</code> to
@@ -19972,9 +20013,9 @@
 <node name="tugboat-template" spaces=" "><nodename>tugboat template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Larger book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>tugboat</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">template, TUGboat</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">TUGboat template</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000"><code>ltugboat</code> class</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para><cite>TUGboat</cite> is the journal of the &tex; Users Group,
 <url><urefurl>http://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>.

